SENIOR INTERMEDIATE

PHYSICS
JEE MAIN VOLUME - II

ELECTRO STATICS,
CAPACITORS & POTENTIAL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

SYNOPSIS  The minimum charge possible is 1.6 1019 C .
 If a body possesses n1 protons and n2 electrons,
Charge and its properties
 Study of characteristics of electric charges at then net charge on it will be  n1  n2  e,
rest is known as electrostatics.
i.e. n1  e   n2 e   n1  n2  e
 Electric charge is the property associated with
a body or a particle due to which it is able to Law of conservation of charge
produce as well as experience the electric and  The total net charge of an isolated physical
magnetic effects. system always remains constant,
 Charge is a fundamental property of matter and i.e. q  q  q  constant.
never found free.
 The excess or deficiency of electrons in a body  In every chemical or nuclear reaction, the total
gives the concept of charge. charge before and after the reaction remains
 There are two types of charges namely positive constant.
and negative charges.  This law is applicable to all types of processes
 The deficiency of electrons in a body is known like nuclear, atomic, molecular and the like.
as positively charged body.  Charge is conserved. It can neither be created
 The excess of electrons in a body is known as nor destroyed. It can only be transferred from
negatively charged body. one object to the other.
 If a body gets positive charge, its mass slightly  Like charges repel each other and unlike charges
decreases. attract each other.
 If a body is given negative charge, its mass  Charge always resides on the outer surface of a
slightly increases. charged body. It accumulates more at sharp
 Charge is relativistically invariant, i.e. it does points.
not change with motion of charged particle and  The total charge on a body is algebric sum of
no change in it is possible, whatsover may be the charges located at different points on the body.
the circumstances. i.e.  Electrification: A body can be charged by
qstatic  qdynamic friction, conduction and induction.
 Charge is a scalar. S.I. unit of charge is  By Friction: When two bodies are rubbed
coulomb(C). together, equal and opposite charges are
One electrostatic unit of charge produced on both the bodies.
 By Conduction: An uncharged body acquiring
1 charge when kept in contact with a charged body
(esu) = coulomb.
3  109 is called conduction. Conduction preceeds
One electromagnetic unit of charge repulsion.
(emu) = 10coulomb  By Induction: If a charged body is brought
 Charge is a derived physical quantity with near a neutral body, the charged body will attract
dimensions [AT]. opposite charge and repel like charge present in
Quantization of Charge : The electric charge the neutral body. Opposite charge is induced at
is discrete. It has been verified by Millikan’s the near end and like charge at the farther end.
oil drop experiment. Inducing body neither gains nor loses charge.
 Charge is quantised. The charge on any body is Induction always preceeds attraction.
an integral multiple of the minimum charge or  Repulsion is the sure test of electrification.
electron charge, i.e if q is the charge then  1
Induced charge q   q 1   where K is
1
q   ne where n is an integer, and e is the 
 K
charge of electron = 1.6  1019 C . Dielectric constant

1 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

W.E-1: Can two similarly charged bodies attrack Relative permitivity of a medium is defined as
each other? the electrostatic force ( F0 ) between two charges
Sol: Yes, when the charge on one body (q1) is much in air to the force (F) between the same two
greater than that on the other (q2) and they are charges kept in the medium at same distance.
close enough to each other so that force of Dielectric constant (or) Relative permitivity
attraction between q1 and induced charge on the Pemitivity of the medium
other exceeds force of repulsion between q1 and K
Permitivity of free space
q2
It has no units and no dimesions
Coulomb’s Law: ‘The force of attraction or Hence, the mathematical form of inverse square
repusion between two stationary electric charges law is given as
is directly proportional to the product of
1 q1q2 1 1 q1q2
magnitude of the two charges and is inversely F 
proportional to the square of the distance 4  r 2 K 4 0 r 2
between them and this force acts along the line For force or vacuum or air K=1 and for a good
joining those two charges’ conductor like metals, K  
1 q1q2 Conclusion : 1) The introduction of a glass
 F slab between two charges will decrease the
4 0r r 2 magnitude of rorce between them.
0 - permittivity of free space or vacuum or air.. 2) The introduction of a metallic slab between two
charges will decrase the magnitude of force to
r - Relative permittivity or dielectric constant zero.
of the medium in which the charges are situated. Note:1 When the some charges are separated by the
C2 farad some distance in two different media,
 0  8.857 10 12
2 or
, 1 1 q1q2
Nm metre F1 
1 K1 4 0 r 2 --------(1)
and  9 109 N m 2
/C 2

4  0 1 1 q1q2
Permitivity of Medium: Permitivity is the and F2  K 4  r 2 ------(2)
2 0
measure of degree of the medium which resist
the flow of charges from (1) and (2)  F1 K1  F2 K 2
In SI. for medium other than free space, the Note:2 When the same charges are separated by
different distance in the same medium
1
constant K 0 
1
so that we can write the Fd2 = constant (or) F1d12  F2 d 22
4 
equation for the force between the charges as Note : 3 If different charges are at the same separation
1 q1q2 F0  F 1 q11q12
F   r in a given medium 
4  r 2 F 0 F q1q2
Note : 4 If the force between two charges in two
r is known as the relative permitivity of the
different media is the same for different
medium. It is a constant for a given medium and separations.
it charges separated by a medium decreases
1 1 q1q2
compared with the force between the same F
charges in free space separated by the same K 4 0 r 2 = constant
distance. Kr2=constant or K1r12  K 2 r22
Relative permitivity r is also known as If the force between two charges separated by a
dielectric constant K of the medium or specific distance ' r0 ' in vacuum or air is same as the
inductive capacity. force between the same charges separated by a
Relative permitivity of a medium is defined as distance ‘r’ in a medium.
the ratio of permitivity of the medium to
r
permitivity of free space (or) air Kr 2  r02  r  0
(or) K

2 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
Here K is dielectric constant of the medium. Forces between multiple charges :
The effective distance ‘r’ in medium for a  Force on a charged particle due to a number of
r0 point charges is the resultant of forces due to
distance r0 in vaccum = . individual point charges
K    
Similarly, the effective distance in vaccum for a F  F1  F 2  F 3  .....
dielectric slab of thickness ‘ x ’ and dielectric W.E-2: Two point sized identical spheres carrying
constant K is xeff  f K charges q1 and q2 on them are seperated by a
Coulomb’s Law in Vector Form certain distance. The mutual force between
 them is F. These two are brought in contact
r12 and  
1 q1q2 
 F12  F21   F12 and kept at the same separation. Now, the
4 0 r22
F1  q1  q2 
2

F21 F12 force between them is F 1 . Then  .

q1 q2 F 4q1q2

Here F12 is force exerted by q1 on q2 and F21 is Sol: When charges seperated by certain distance the
force is given by
force exerted by q2 on q1
1 q1q2
 Suppose the position vector of two charges q1 Then F  4  r 2 ------------(1)
  0
and q2 are r1 and r2 , then electric force on When charges brought in contanct and kept at
charge q1 due to q2 is, the same distance the force is given by
 q1q2  
1
  1  q1  q2 
2
F1  r1  r2
4 0 r  r 3

 F 
1
----------(2)
1 2 4 0 4r 2
Similarly, electric force on q2 due to charge q1
F 1  q1  q2 
2

   from (1) and (2) ;  

is
F2 
1

q1q2
4  0 r  r
 
3
r2  r1  F 4q1q2
2 1 W.E-3: Consider three charges q1,q2 and q3 each
Here q1 and q2 are to be substitued with sign. equal to q at the vertices of an equilateral
  triangle of side ‘ l ’ what is the force on any
r1  x1i  y1 j  z1k and r2  x2 i  y2 j  z2 k where
charge due to remaining charges.
 x1 , y1 , z1  and  x2 , y2 , z2  are the co- Sol : The forces acting on the charge ‘q’ are
ordinates of charges q1 and q2 . 
Limitations of Colulomb’s Law q
 Coulomb’s law holds for stationary charges only
which are point sized.
This law is valid for all types of charge q q
distributions.
This law is valid at distances greater than 1 q2
F1 
1015 m. 4 0 l 2
This law obeys Newton’s third law.
This law represents central forces. 1 q2
F2 
This law is analogous to Newton law of 4 0 l 2
gravitation in mechanics.  
 The electric force is an action reaction pair, i.e clearly F1  F2  F
the two charges exert equal and opposite forces The resultant force is
on each other.
 The electric force is conservative in nature. F 1  F 2  F 2  2 FF cos 600
 Coulomb force is central.
 Coulomb force is much stronger than 1 q2
 3F  3
4 0 l 2

gravitational force. 10 Fg  FE
36

3 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-4: A particle of mass ‘m’ carrying a charge Let v is the volume of each ball, then mass of
q1 is moving around a fixed charge  q2 each ball is m   v ; When balls are in air
along a circular path of radius ' r ' find time T cos   mg ; T sin   F
period of revolution of charge q1 F  mg tan    vg tan  ---------(1)
Sol: Electrostatic force on -q1 to +q2 will provide When balls are suspended in liquid. The
the necessary centripetal force
F
coulumbic force is reduced to F 
1
Kq1q2 mv 2 Kq1q2 and
Hence  ; v K
r2 r mr apparent weight = weight - upthrust ;
2 r 16 3 0 mr 3 W 1   vg   vg
T  According to the problem, angle  is
v q1q2
uncharged-Therefore
W.E-5: Two identical small charged spheres each
having a mass ‘m’ hang in equilibrium as F 1  W 1 tan     vg   vg  tan  ------(2)
shown in fig. The length of each string is ' l ' F 
and the angle made by any string with vertical From (1) and (2) ; K
is  .Find the magnitude of the charge on each
F 1
 
sphere. Test charge: That small positive charge, which
So l :The forces acting on the sphere are tension in does not influence the other charges and by the
the string T, force of gravity ‘mg’ and repulsice help of which we determine the effect of other
charges, is defined as test charge.
force Fe.
l
 
l Linear charge density    is defined as the
T cos   mg ----(1) T T T cos charge per unit length.
2
Kq F T sin F dq
T sin   Fe  2 ---(2) x 
r W W dl
From (1) and (2)
Kq 2 where dq is the charge on an infinitesimal length
Fe  m g tan  ;  mg tan  dl.
r2
1 q2 Units of  are Coulomb / meter (C/m)
from fig r  2l sin  ; 4  2l sin  2  mg tan  Examples:-Charged straight wire, circular
0   charged ring
q  16 0 l 2 mg tan  sin 2  Surface charge density   is defined as the
W.E-6: Two identical balls each having density charge per unit area.
 are suspended from a common point by
two insulating strings of equal length Both dq

the balls have equal mass and charge. In ds
equilibrium, each string makes an angle  where dq is the charge on an infinitesimal surface
with the vertical. Now both the ball are area ds. Units of  are coulomb / meter 2 (C /
immersed in a liquid. As a result, the angle 
does not change. The density of the liquid is m2 ) .
 . Find the dielectric constant of the liquid. Examples:-Plane sheet of charge, conducting
Sol: sphere.
Volume charge density    is defined as charge
l l l l
    per unit volume.
T T T cos T T T cos+ Vg
dq
F T sin F F T sin F

x
dv
x
W air W W Liquid W where dq is the charge on an infinitesimal volume

4 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

element dv. Units of    are coulomb / meter 3 W.E-8: A thin fixed ring of radius ‘a’ has a
positive charge ‘q’ uniformly distributed over
(C/ m3 ) it. A particle of mass ‘m’ having a negative
Examples:- Charge on a dielectric sphere etc., charge ‘Q’ is placed on the axis at a distance
 Charge given to a conductor always resides on
of x  x  a  from the centre of the ring.
its outer surface.
 If surface is uniform then the charge distributes Show that the motion of the negatively
uniformly on the surface. charged particle is approximately simple
 In conductors having nonspherical surfaces, the harmonic. Calculate the time period of
oscillation.
surface charge density   will be larger when Sol: The force on the point charge Q due to the element
the radius of curvature is small dq of the ring is
 The working of lightening conductor is based
1 dqQ
on leakage of charge through sharp point due to dF 
high surface charge density. 4 0 r 2 along AB
W.E-7: A ring of radius R is with a uniformly For every element of the ring, there is
distributed charge Q on it. A charge q is now symmetrically situated diametrically opposite
placed at the centre of the ring. Find the element, the components of forces along the axis
increment in tension in the ring will add up while those perpendicular to it will
Sol: Consider an element of the ring. Its enlarged view cancel each other. Hence, net force on the charge
is as shown. For equilibrium of this segment, Q is -ve sign shows that this force will be
we can write. towards the centre of ring.
F
F   dF cos   cos   dF
Q x 1  Qdq 

d
   r 2 
d/2 d/2 r 4 0
q T T
so,
d
1 1 Qqx
Qx 
q F  dq  
4  3

 d 
4 0
r3
0
 a 2  x 2  2 ----(1)
F  2T sin  
 2  1 1

Here F is the repulsive force between q and (as r   a 2  x 2  2 and r   a 2  x 2  2 )

elemental charge dQ As the restoring force is not linear, the motion
 Q  will be oscillatory. However, if x  a , then
 dQ  2 R  Rd   1 Qq
F  x   kx
The electric outward force on element is 4 0 a 3
1 qdQ Qq
F
4 0 R 2 with k  4  a 3
0
From the above three equations, we can write i.e., the restoring force will become linear and
1 q QRd  d  so the motion is simple harmonic with time
 2T  
4 0 R 2 R
2
 2  period

 sin    for small angle 

T
2
 2
m
 2
4 0 ma3
 k qQ

5 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-9: A point charge q is situated at a distance Electric Field: The space around electric
‘r’ from one end of a thin conducting rod of charge upto which its influence is felt is known
length L having a charge Q (uniformly as electric field.
distributed a long its length). find the  Electric field is a conservative field.
magnitude of electric force between the two.
Intensity of Electric Field: The intensity of
L r electric field or electric field strength E at a point
Sol: dE in space is defined as the force experienced by
P unit positive test charge placed at that point”.
dx x
Consider a small element of the rod of length The intensity of electric field is also ofted called
dx, at a distance ‘x’ from the point charge q. as electric field strength.
Trating the element as a point charge, the force Consider an electric field in a given region.
between ‘q’ and charge element will be Bring a charge q0 to a given point in that field
without disturbing any other charge that has
1 qdQ Q produced the field.
dF  ; But, dQ  dx
4 0 x 2
L 
L et F be the electric force experienced by q0
1 qQdx and it is found to be proportional to q0
So, dF  4  Lx 2   
0  
F F  q0  F  Eq0 . Here E is
1 qQ r  L dx
F   dF 
4 0 L r x 2
proportionality constant called electric field
strength

1 qQ  1  r  L 1 1 1   F
    E
4 0 L  x r 4 0  r r  L  q0
Electric field strength is a vector quantity. Its
1 qQ direction is the direction along which a free
F
4 0 r  r  L  positive charge experiences the force in the
Lines of Force: Line of force is an imaginary electric field.
path along which a unit +ve test charge would The S.I unit of elctric field strength is newton
tend to move in an electric field. per coulomb (NC-1). It can also be expressed in
 Lines of force start from +ve charge and end at volt per metre (Vm-1).
–ve charge. Electric field internsity due to an isolated
 Lines of force in the case of isolated +ve charge point charge : Consider a point charge ‘Q’
are radially outwards and in the case of isolated placed at point A as shown. Let us find the
–ve charge are radially inwards. 
electric field E at a point P at a distance ‘r’’
 The tangent at any point to the curve gives the
from charge Q. Imagine a positive test charge
direction of electric field at that point. 
 Lines of force do not intersect. q0 P. The charge Q produces a field E at P..
 Lines of force tend to contract longitudinally q0
and expand laterally. Q

The force applied by Q and q0 is given by

1 Qq0
F
4 0 r 2 . This acts along Ap.
(A) Radially outward (B) Radially inward
According to definition
 F  1 Q
E E rˆ
q0 4 0 r 2
+ – + +
If ‘q’ is positive, E is along AP and if ‘q’ is
negative E will be along PA .
(C) (D)

6 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
If the charge ‘q’ is in a medium of p is in medium position resultant electric field intensity
of permititivity  , and dielectric constnat K,    
E  E1  E 2  E 3  ....
    If q0 is positive charge then the force acting on it
 K   the intensity of electic field in a
 0  is in the direction of the field.
medium (Emed) is given by  If q0 is negative then the direction of this force
1 Q E free space is opposite of the field direction.
Emed   Emec 
4 r 2 K E E
NULL POINT OR NEUTRAL POINT +
In the case of a system of charges if the net F  Eq F   Eq
electric field is zero at a point, it is knwon as Motion of a charged particle in a uniform
null point. electric field :
Application : Two point (like) charge q1 and a) A charged body of mass ‘m’ and charge ‘q’ is
q2 are separated by a distance ‘r’ and fixed, We initially at rest in a uniform electric field of
can locate the point on the line joining those intensity E. The force acting on it, F  Eq .
charges where resultant or net field is zero.  Here the direction of F is in the direction of field
Case 1: If the charges are like, the neutral point will if ‘q’ is  ve and opposite to the field if ‘q’ is
be between the charges.
 ve .
x (r – x)  The body travels in a straight line path with
q1 q2
 F Eq
Let P be the null point where Enet  0 uniform acceleration, a   , initial
  m m
 E1  E2  0 (due to those charges) velocity, u  0 .
  At an instant of time t.
or E1   E2 and E1  E2
 Eq 
1 q1 1 q2 Its final velocity, v  u  at   t
   m 
4 0 x 2
4 0  r  x 2
1 2 1  Eq  2
q1 q2 Displacement s  ut  at   t
 2 2 m 
or x
r  x
2 2
Momentum, P  mv   Eq  t
r Kinetic energy,
x
on solving we get q2
1 1 2 1  E 2q 2  2
K .E  mv   t
q1 2 2 m 
Case 2 : If the charges are unlike, the neutral point  When a charged particle enters perpendicularly
will be outside the charge on the lime joining into a uniform electric field of intensity E with a
them. velocity ‘v’ then it describes parabolic path as
r shown in figure.
q1 q2 x
+ + + + + +
q1 q2
In this case x 
r  x
2 2
u
+
q
r y
x
On solving we get q2
1 x
q1
 Along the horizontal direction, there is no
 If instead of a single charge, field is produced
acceleration and hence x  ut .
by no.of charges, by the principle of super
Along the vertical direction, acceleration

7 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

F Eq Oblique projection of charged particle in

a  (here gravitational force is not an uniform elctric field (Neglecting
m m
considered) gravitational force) : Consider a uniform
electric field E in space along Y-axis. A negative
1  Eq  2 charged particle of mass ‘m’ and charge ‘q’ be
Hence vertical displacement, y   t
2 m  projected in the XY plane from a point ‘O’ with
2 a velocity u making an angle  with the X-axis.
1  qE  x   qE  2
y      x (Neglecting gracitational force).
2  m  u   2mu 2 
 At any instant of time t, horizontal component Ej

of velocity, vx  u
u
 vertical componet of velocity

 Eq  x
v y  at   t O
 m Initial velocity of the particle is
2 2 2 
E q t u  u cos  iˆ  u sin  ˆj
 v  v  vx2  v y2  u 2 
m2 Force acting on the particle is
 
 Two charges +Q each are separated by a F  qE (along-ve Y axis)
distance 'd'. The intensity of electric field at
the mid point of the line joining the charges is  qE ˆ
a j
zero. m
W.E-10 : Two charges +Q each are placed at the Velocity of the particle after time ‘t’ is
two vertices of an equilateral triangle of side    
a. The intensity of electric field at the third v  u  at ; v  u cos  iˆ   u sin   at  ˆj
vertex is If the point of projection is taken as origin, its
E  E position vector after time ‘t’ is
Sol: 
r  xiˆ  yjˆ where x=(ucos  ) t
E1  E 2  E 2  2 EEC os  a a
1
 2 E  2 E Cos
2 2 y   u sin   t  at 2
2
 2 E 2 1  cos   +Q a +Q If the charged particle is projected along the x-
 1 Q axis, then   00
= 2 ECos ; E= 3
4  0 a 2
2 Eq ˆ
W.E-11: Two charges +Q, -Q are placed at the  v  uiˆ  tj
m
two vertices of an equilateral triangle of side
‘a’, then the intensity of electric field at the 1 Eq 2
Here x  ut and y  t
third vertex is 2 m
 Direction of motion of particle after time ‘t’
Sol :E1 = 2E cos = E (   1200 ) makes an angle  with x-axis, where
2
Eqt
E tan  
mu
120°
 A charged particle of charge Q is projected
a E with an initial velocity u in a vertically upward
a electric field making an angle  to the horizontal.
+Q a –Q Then
1 Q
If gravitational force is considered
E1 = 4   a 2 .  
0
Net force mg  F  mg  Eq

8 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

Eq  A sphere is given a charge of 'Q' and is

Net acceleration = g  suspended in a horizontal electric field. The
m
angle made by the string with the vertical is,
The negative sign is used when electric field is
 EQ 
in upward direction where as positive sign is   tan  1  
 mg 
used when electric field is in downward
direction for positively charged projected  The tension in the string is  E Q   mg 
2 2

particle. Hence effective acceleration

2u sin  2
a. Time of flight  F  Eq 
g
EQ geff   g2   
m m m
u 2 sin 2   Time period of oscillation is given by
b. Maximum height 
 EQ 
2 g   l 1
 m  T  2  2
geff  Eq 
2
u 2 sin 2 g 2
c. Range  
g
EQ  m 
m
W.E-12: An infinite number of charges each ‘q’
 Intensity of electric field inside a charged hollow
are placed in the x-axis at distances of
conducting sphere is zero.
1,2,4,8...meter from the origin. If the charges
 A hollow sphere of radius r is given a charge Q.
are alternately positive and negative find the
Intensity of electric field at any point inside it is
intensity of electric field at origin.
zero.
Sol: The electric field intensities due to positive
Intensity of electric field on the surface of the
charges and due to -ve charges the field intensity
Q is towards the charges
1 Q E4
sphere is 4  r 2 r
0
E1 E2
Intensity of electric field at any point outside the E3
sphere is (at a distance 'x' from the centre) q q q q
Q
1 Q x=0 x=1 x=2 x=4 x=8
4 0 x 2 x
The resultant intensity at the origin
Time period of oscillation of a charged body E  E1  E3  E4     
 The bob of a simple pendulum is given a +ve
Q  1 1 1 
charge and it is made to oscillate in a vertically E 1  2  2  2  ........ 
upward electric field, then the time period of 4 0  2 4 8 
Since the expression in the bracket is in GP with
T E
l 1 1
2
oscillation is EQ a common ratio =  2 
g 2 4
m
mg
Q 1 Q 4
 In the above case, if the bob is given a -ve charge E 
4 0   1   4 0 5
then the time period is given by 2
l 1   4  
EQ   
g
m
4 Q
E
T E 5 4 0
Q
E
mg 5 0

9 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-13: A point mass ‘m’ and charge ‘q’ is
connected with a spring of negligible mass R
with natural length L., Initially spring is in E
natural length. Now a horizontal uniform m q
electric field E is switched on as shown. Find
L
a) The maximum separation between the mass
and the wall mg

b) Find the separation of the point mass and As collision with the wall is perfectly elastic,
wall at the equilibrium position of mass the block will rebound with same speed and as
c) Find the energy stored in the spring at the now is motion is oppisite to the acceleration,, it
equilibrium position of the point mass. will come to rest after travelling same distance
L in same time t. After stopping it will beagain
E
accelerated towards the wall and so the block
wall will execute oscillatory motion with ‘spain’ L
m K
q and time period
2mL
T  2t 
L qE
Sol: At maximum separation, velocity of point mass However, as the restoring force F(=qE) when
is zero. From work energy theorem, the block is moving away from the wall is
Wspring  W field  0 constance and not proportional to displacement
x, the motion is not simple harmonic.
1 2 W.E-15: Six charges are placed at the vertices of
qEx0  kx0  0 (x0 is maximum elongation)
2 a regular hexagon as shown in thg figure.
2qE 2qE The electric field on the line passing through
 x0  ;  separation = L  point O and perpendicular to the plane of the
K k
b) At equilibrium position. figure at a distance of x   a  from O is
qE a
Eq Eq  kx  x  +Q –Q
k
qE
 separation = L  +Q O –Q
k
2
1 2 1  qE  q2 E 2
c) U  kx  k    +Q –Q
2 2  k  2k Sol: This is basically a problem of finding the electric
W.E-14: A block having mass ’m’ ad carge ‘q’ is field due to three dipoles. The dipole moment
resting on a frctionless plane at distance L
from the wall as shown inf fig. Discuss the of each dipole is P  Q  2a 
motion of the block when a uniform electric KP
field E is applied horizontally towards the wall Electric field due to each dipole will be E  3
x
assuming that collision of the block with the The direction of electric field due to each dipole
wall is perfectly elastic. is as shown below:
Sol: The situation is shown in fig. Electric forece
  Enet  E  2 E cos 600  2 E
F  qE will accelerate the block towards the
a
wall producing an acceleration +Q –Q
F qE 1 2 E
a  L  at
m m 2  1   2Qa  Qa +Q 60°
 2     E –Q

2L 2mL  4 0  x   0 x 3 60°

i.e., t   E
a qE +Q –Q

10 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-16: The field lines for two point charges are Consider a polar segment on arc of angular width
d at an angle  from the angular bisector XY
as shown. The length of elemental segment is
Rd  . The charge on this element dq is
A D B C E Q
shown in fig. dq  d

Due to this dq, electric field at centre of arc C is
i. Is the field uniform? given as
ii. Datermine the ratio q A / qB . dq
dE 
iii. What are teh sing of q A and qB ? 4 0 R 2
The electric field component dE to this segment
iv. If q A and qB are separated by a distance
dE sin  which is perpendicular to the angle
10  
2  1 cm, find the position of neutral bisector gets cancelled out on integration.
The net electric field at centre will be along angle
point. bisector which can be calculated by integrating
Sol: i. No
ii. Number of lines coming from or coming to a dEcos  within limits from  / 2 to  / 2
charge is proportional to magnitude of charge, Hence net elctric field strength at centre C is
q A 12 Ec   dE cos 
so q  6  2  /2
B
Q
iii. q A is positive and qB is negative
 

 /2
4 0 R 2
cos  d
iv. C is the other neutral point.
 /2
v. For neutral point E A = EB Q
4 0 R 2 / 2
 cos  d
1 qA 1 qB

4 0 1  x  2
4 0 x 2 Q
2 
sin   / 2
 /2

EB 4 0 R 
A B EA Q
l C sin  / 2  sin  / 2
2 4 0 R 2
lx qA
    2  x  10 cm 2Q sin  / 2 
 x  qB Ec 
ELECTRIC FIELD STRENGTH DUE TO A 4 0 R 2
CHARGED CIRCULAR ARC AT ITS for a semi circular ring    . So at centre
CENTRE 2Q sin  / 2  2Q sin  / 2  2Q
W.E-17. Consider a circular arc of radius R which Ec   
4 0 R  4 0 R 
2
4 2 0 R 2 2

subtends an angle  at its centre. Let us ElECTRIC FIELD STRENGTH DUE TO A

calculate the electric field strength at C. UNIFORMLY CHARGED ROD
+ + + At an axial point :
X + +
L
+
+
+  d
R P
+  + + + + + + + ++ r
Sol: R C Consider a rod of length L, uniformly charged
Y with a charge Q. To calculate the electric field
dEsin  strength at a pont P situated at a distance ‘r’ from
dEcos
dE one end of the rod, consider an element of length
dx on the rod as shown in the figure.

11 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

L 
L
r Qr 2
dx
L 
dE Ep 
4 0 r  x2 
2 3/2
P L
dx x 
2

Q x
Charge on the elemental length dx is dq  dx From the diagram tan  
L r
dq Qdx x  r tan  ; On differentiation; dx  r sec 2  d
dE  
4 0 x 2
4 0 Lx 2 Qr r sec 2  d Q r sec2 d
4 0 L  r 3 sec3  4 0 Lr  r 3 sec3 
The net electric field at point P can be given by Ep  ; 
integrating this expression over the length of the
rod. Q Q
sin  
Lr 
 cos  d 
rL
Q Q
rL
1 4 0 4 Lr
E p   dE   
0
dx  dx
Lx 4 0
2
4 0 L x2 1 x x
Substituting   tan r  sin
r r 1

rL x  r2
2
Q  1 
Ep 
4 0 L  x  r  
 L 
Q 1 1  Q Q  x  Q  2 1 
Ep    EP  
    4 0 r  
4 0 L  r r  L  4 0 r  r  L  4 0 L  x 2  r 2   L ; L2
 r2 

At an equatorial point : To find the electric
2
 4 
field due to a rod at a point P situated at a
distance ‘r’ from its centre on its equatorial line Q  2 
Ep   2 
dE dE cos 4 0 r  L  4r 2 
 ELECTRIC FIELD DUE TO A UNIFORMLY
P
P CHARGED RING :
dE sin r 
r The intensity of electric field at a distance
+ + + + + + + + +++ + + + +
dx
‘x’ meters from the centre along the axis:
L Consider a circular ring of radius ‘a’ having a
(a) charge ‘q’ uniformly distributed over it as shown
(b)
in figure. Let ‘O’ be the cetnre of the ring .
Consider an element of length dx at a distance A
‘x’ from centre of rod as in figure (b). Charge on dx

Q a (x, 0) dE2
the element is dq  dx . O

 p X
L x dE1
The strength of electric field at P due to this point
dx B
charge dq is dE.
Consider an element dx of the ring at point A.
dq
 dE  The charge on this element is given by
4 0  r 2  x 2 
q qdx
The component dEsin  will get cancelled and dq  dx  charge density dq  dx 
2 a 2 a
net electric field at point P will be due to
a) The intensity of electric field dE1 at point P due
integration of dE cos  only..
to the element dx at A is given by
Net electric field strength at point P can be given
as 1 dq
dE1 

L 4 0 r 2
2
Qdx r 1
E p   dE cos    L r   The direction of dE1 is as shown in figure. The
L
2
x 
2
r 2  x 2 4 0 component of intensity along x-axis will be

2

12 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

1 dq Let us find electric field strength due to this disc

cos   dE1 cos  at a distance ‘x’ from the centre of disc on its
4 0 r 2 axis at point P as shown in figure.
The component of intensity along y-axis will be Consider an elemental ring of radius ‘y’ and
1 dq width dy in the disc as shown in figure. The
sin   dE1 sin  charge on this elemental ring dq can be given as
4 0 r 2
Similarly if we consider an element dx of the dq   2 ydy
ring opposite to A which lies at B, the component {Area of elemental ring ds= dy  2 ydy }
of intensity perpendicular to the axis will be dy
equal and opposite perpendicular to the axis will P
be equal and opposite to the component of x dE
intensity perpendicular to the axis due to element
at A. Hence they cancel each other. Due to
symmetry of ring the component of intensity due Electirc field strength due to a ring of radius Y,
to all elements of the ring perpendicular to the charge Q at a distance x from its centre on its
axis will cancel. axis can be given as
So the resultant intensity is only along the axis Qx
of the ring. The resultant intensity is given by E
4 0  x 2  y 2 
3/ 2

1 dq
E cos  Due to the lemental ring electric field strength
4 0 r 2
dE at point P can be given as
1 qdx x  2 y dyx
E
4 0  2 ar 2

r (where cos   x / r ) dE 
xdq

4 0  x 2  y 2  4 0  x 2  y 2 
3/ 2 3/2

1 qx 1
E
4 0

 2 a 
 3  dx Net electric field at point P due to whole disc is
a 2
x 
2 2 given by integrating above expression within the
limits from 0 to R
 r 3   a 2  x 2 3/2  R
 2 xydy
  E   dE  
4 0  x 2  y 2 
3/ 2
0
1 qx 1
E  2 a
4 0 2 a  a 2  x 2 3/ 2 R
 x 2 x  1 
R
2 ydy
    
4 0 x  y2  4 0  x 2  y 2
3/ 2
1 qx 2
  0
E 0
4 0  a 2  x 2 3/ 2
  x 
At its centre x = 0 E 1  2 
2 0  x  R2 
 Electric field at centre is zero.
By symmetry we can say that electric field Electric field strength due to a uniformly charged
strength at centre due to every small segment on disc at a distance x from its surface is given as
ring is cancelled by the electric field at centre   x 
due to the element exactly opposite to it. As in E 1  2 
the figure the electric field at centre due to 2 0  x  R2 
segment A is cancelled by that due to segment B. 
Thus net electric field strength at the centre of a If we put x = 0 we get E  2
0
uniformly charged ring is Ecentre  0 .
Electric dipole: A system of two equal and
ELECTRIC FIELD STRENGTH DUE TO A opposite point chargesfixed at a small distance
UNIFORMLY SURFACE CHARGED DISC constitutes an electric dipole. Electric dipole is
Consider a disc of radius R, charged on its analogous to bar magnet or magnetic dipole in
surface with a charge density  . magnetism. Every dipole has a characteristic
13 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
property called dipole moment, which is similar Field at a point on the axial line : (   00 )
to magnetic moment of a bar magnet. If 2a is the 2p
distance between the charges +q and –q, then Eaxial 
40 r 3
electric dipole moment is p = q.2a.
Field at a point on the equitorial line (   90 0 )
2a
p
–q +q E e q u ito ria l 
P 4  0 r 3
Dipole moment is a vector quantity and its The direction of E at any point is given by
direction is from negative charge to positive
charge as shown. p sin 
ELECTRIC FIELD AT ANY POINT DUE E 40 r 3
tan     1
TO A DIPOLE : We know that the electric Er 2p cos   tan   tan 
2
field is the -ve gradiant of potential. In polar 40 r 3
form if V is the potential at  r,θ the electric   tan 1 1/ 2 tan  
field will have two components radial and
Note : Electric dipole placed in an uniform electric
transverse components which are represented
field experiences torque is given by
by Er & Eθ respectively..
  pE sin  in vector form   p  E
E
Er
E  +q qE
P
 2a sin

qE –q
E

–q O +q The torque on the dipole tends to align the dipole
along the direction of electric field.
 V  p cos    1 
Then E r       The net force experienced by it is zero.
 r  40 r  r 2  Note : The potential energy of dipole in an electric
 V  field is
 E r   r  V1 V2
2 p cos   
Er 
4   0 r 3  E    1  V  
 r     +q

The tranverse component of electric field
–q
1 V   1  psin  
 E
r  4 r 2 
E  
r  0
2a sin

p s in  U= – pE cos θ .
E   In vector form U   p.E 
4  0r3
if   0o ;   0 and U  pE
E  E2  E R2 if   90o ;   pE and U  0
if   180o ;   0 and U  pE
p2 sin2  4p 2 cos2   
E  So, if p is parallel to E then, potential energy
4 r 
0
3 2
4 r  0
3 2
is minimum and torque on the dipole is zero,
p and the dipole will in stable equilibrium.
E 4cos2  sin2   
If p is anti parallel to E then, potential energy
40r 3

p 1  3cos2   is maximum and again torque is zero, but it is in

E
40 r 
3  unstable equilibrium

14 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
Note : Work done in rotating a dipole in electric W.E-18: An electric dipole of dipole moment p is
field from an initial angle θ1 with field to final kept at a distance r from an infinite long
charged wire of linear charge density  as
angle θ2 with field is shown. Find the force acting on the dipole ?
W  pE(cos 1  cos 2 )
Note : Force on dipole in non-uniform electric field:
The force on the dipole due to electric field is + P
+
given by F  U (Force = negative potential + r
energy gradient). +
+
If the electric field is along r , we can write
 d  
F  (p.E)
Sol :Field intensity at a distance r from the line of
 dr
If p and E are along the same direction we can 
 d  dE  charge is E  2  r
write F  (pE cos ) or F  p   . 0
dr 
 dr  dE
The force on the dipole is F  p
OSCILLATORY MOTION OF DIPOLE dr
IN AN ELECTRIC FIELD   
When dipole is displaced from its position of  p    p
2
 2 0 r  2 0 r 2
equilibrium. The dipole will then experience a
torque given by    pE sin  Here the net force on dipole due to the wire will
be attractive.
For small value of  ,    pE ----------(1) DISTRIBUTED DIPOLE: Consider a half
Where negative sign shows that torque is acting ring with a charge +q uniformly distributed and
against increasing value of  another equal negative charge –q placed at its
Also,   I , centre. Here –q is point charge while +q is
Where, I = moment of inertia and distributed on the ring. Such a system is called
  angular acceleration. distributed dipole.

d 2
+q dq

d    I d  ---------(ii)
2 =
 R
d
dt 2     dt 2
–q R –d
 dt 
2qR
Hence, from eqs (i) and (ii), we have The net dipole moment is pnet 

d 2 d 2  pE d 2 /2
I 2   pE or 2   ----(iii); 2   2qR
dt dt I dt
This equation represents simple harmonic motion
If    p net  2  dp cos  ; 

sin  / 2
0
(SHM). when dipole is displaced from its mean If the arrangement is a complete circle,
position by small angle, then it will have SHM.

d 2 pE    pnet  0 .
Eq (iii) can be written as   0 2
dt 2 I FORCE BETWEEN TWO SHORT
On comparing above equation with standard DIPOLES Consider two short dipoles
equation of SHM. seperated by a distance r. There are two
d
2
pE pE possibilities.
2
  2 y  0 , we have ;  2    a) If the dipoles are parallel to each other.
dt I I
I
T  2 , where T is the time period of P1
r
P2
pE
oscillations. E2 E1

15 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
Intensity of electric field at a point P that lies on the
1 3p1p2
F  4  axis of the ring at a distance x from its centre is
0 r4 1 qx
Asthe E
 force
 is positive, it is repulsive. Similarly 4  0
 
3
if p1 || p2 the force is attractive. x 2  R2 2

b) If the dipoles are on the same axis

 x 
P1 E2 P2 E1 where cos   2 2 
 a  x 
r Where R is the radius of the ring. From the above
1 6p1p2 expression E = 0 at the centre of the ring.
F   4  dE
0 r4 E will be maximum when 0.
dx
As the force is negative, it is attractive.
Differentating E w.r.t x and putting it equal to
Quadrapole: We have discussed about
R
elecric dipole with two equal and unlike point zero we get x and
charges separated by a small distance. But in 2
some cases the two charges are not concentrated 2  1 q 
Emax 
at its ends. (Like in water molecule) consider a 3 3  4  0 R2 
situation as shown in the figure. Here three
Electric field due to a Charged Spherical
charges –2q, q and q are arranged as shown. It
Conductor (Spherical Shell )
can be visualised as the combination of two
‘q’ amount of charge be uniformly distributed
dipoles each of dipole moment p = qd at an angle
over a spherical shell of radius ‘R’
 between them. The arrangment of two electric
dipoles are called quadrapole. As dipole moment q
  Surface charge density,  
is a vector the resultant dipole moment of the 4 R 2
system is p |  2p cos  / 2 .  When point ‘P’ lies outside the shell :
q q 1 q
–q E  2
–2q  =  4 0 r
–q
 This is the same expression as obtained for
q q electric field at a point due to a point charge.
Few other quadrapoles are also as shown in the Hence a charged spherical shell behave as a
following figures. point charge concentrated at the centre of it.
+q +q
1  .4 R 2 q  .R 2
E    ; E 
–2q 4 0 r2 4 r 2 0 r 2
–2q +q

+q When point ‘P’ lies on the shell : E  
0
–q +q When Point ‘P’ lies inside the shell: E = 0
–q 2q –q

+q –q 1
Electric filed at the axis of a circular E
E r2
uniformly charged ring
dq dE sin
r1 = R
a x2 2
dE

Q
a   dE cos
y
 Distance from the centre
  dE cos x Note : The field inside the cavity is always zero this
dE
dE sin
is known as elctro static shielding

16 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
Electric filed due to a Uniformly  +vely charged body is considered to be at higher
charged non – conducting sphere potential and -vely charged body is considered
to be at lower potential.
Electric field intensity due to a uniformly  Electric potential at a point is a relative value
charged non-conducting sphere of charge Q, but not an absolute value.
of radius R at a distance r from the centre of  Potential at a point due to a point charge
the sphere
1 Q
q is the amount of charge be uniformly 
distributed over a solid sphere of radius R. 4 0 r
 Potential due to a group of charges is the
q
 algebraic sum of their individual potentials.
 = Volume charge density 4 3
R i.e. V  V1  V2  V3  . . . . . .
3
 Two charges +Q and -Q are separated by a
When point ‘P’ lies inside sphere : distance d, the potential on the perpendicular
1 Qr  .r bisector of the line joining the charges is zero.
E
4  0 R3 for r  R E  3   When a charged particle is accelerated from rest
0
through a p.d. ' V ' , work done,
When point ‘P’ lies on the sphere:
1 2 2Vq
1 q . R W  Vq  mv  or  v 
E E 2 m
4  0 R 2 ; 3 0  The work done in moving a charge of q coulomb
When point ‘P’ lies outside the sphere: between two points separated by p.d. V2  V1 is
1 q  . R3 q V2  V1  .
E E
4 0 r 2 ; 3 0 r 2  The work done in moving a charge from one
E point to another point on an equipotential surface
is zero.
 A hollow sphere of radius R is given a charge Q
the potential at a distance x from the centre is
1
Er E
r2
1 Q x
R
d
. x  R 
4  0 R R
Electric Field due to a charged Disc:
Electric field due to a uniformly charged disc
1 Q
with surface charge density  of radius at a  The potential at a distance when x>R is 4  . x .
distance x from the centre of the disc is 0

  x  R
E 1  
20  x 2  R 2  x
If Q is the total charge on the disc, then
 A sphere is charged to a potential. The potential
2Q  x  at any point inside the sphere is same as that of
E 2 
1 
4  0 R  x 2  R 2  the surface.
 Inside a hollow conducting spherical shell,
Electric Potential: Work done to bring a unit E=0, V  0 .
positive charge from infinite distance to a point  Relation among E, V and d in a uniform electric
in the electric field is called electric potential
at that point . V dV
field is E  (or) E  
W d dx
 it is given by V   Electric field is always in the direction of
q decreasing potential .
 It represents the electrical condition or state of The component of electric field in any direction
the body and it is similar to temperature. is equal to the negative of potential gradient in

17 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
that direction. AP  r  a cos   AP  PM  .
   V  V   V   Hence potential at P due to charge +q situated at
E   i j k
 x y z  1 q
 An equipotential surface has a constant value B is V1  .
40  r  a cos 
of potential at all points on the surface . Similarly potential at P due to charge -q at A is
For single charge q
1 q
V2 
40  r  a cos  .
E
v2
E
E

v1 Hence the total potential at P is

v2 v1 V= V1+V2
q
q q
V 
v1

E v2 E
40 ra cos 40 r a cos 
E
q  1 1 
 Electric field at every point is normal to the V   
equipotential surface passing through that point 40  ra cos r a cos 
 No work is required to move a test charge on q 2a cos  
unequipotential surface. V
4 0  r 2 a 2 cos 2  
Zero Potential Point Two unlike charges Q1
and -Q2 are seperated by a distance ‘d’. The net But r >> a  r 2  a 2 cos2   r 2
potential is zero at two points on the line joining
p cos 
them, one (x) in between them and the other (y) V 
outside them 40r 2 .
Q1 Q Q Q2 Hence potential varies inversely as the square
 2 and 1  of the distance from the dipole.
x dx y dy
Potential due to a dipole: An electric dipole SPECIAL CASSES
consists of two equal and opposite charges 1) On the axial line : For a point on the axial
seperated by a very small distance. If 'q' is the line   00  Vaxial  p / 40 r 2 volts for a
charge and 2a the length of the dipole then electric dipole.
dipole moment will be given by p = (2a)q. 2) Point on the equitorial line : For a point on the
P equitorial line   90 0 .  Vequitorial  0 Volts .
r
Equitorial line is a line where the potential is
+q
–q
N
zero at any point.
O 
A
a  a
B Equipotential surfaces : Equipotential
surface in an electric field is a surface on which
M the potential is same at every point. In other
Let AB be a dipole whose centre is at 'O' and 'P' words, the locus of all points which have the
be the point where the potential due to dipole is same electric potential is called equipotential
to be determined. Let r ,  be the position co- surface.
ordinates of 'P' w.r.t the dipole as shown in An equipotential surface may be the surface of a
figure. Let BN & AM be the perpendiculars material body or a surface drawn in an electric
field. The important properties of equipotential
drawn on to OP and the line produced along PO.
surfaces are as given below.
From geometry ON  a cos   OM . Hence the a) As the potential difference between any two
distance ,BP from +q charge is r  a cos  points on the equipotential surface is zero, no
[because PB = PN as AB is very small in work is done in taking a charge from one point
comparsion with r]. to another.
For similar reason

18 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
b) The electric field is always perpendicular to an infinity is taken as zero. If potential at infinity is V0,
equipotential surface. In other words electric the potential at P is (V–V0).
field or lines of force are perpendicular to the 3) The potential difference is a property of two
equipotential surface. points and not of the charge q0 being moved.
c) No two equipotential surfaces intersect. If they ELECTRIC POTENTIAL DUE TO A
intersect like that, at the point of intersection field LINEAR CHARGE DISTRIBUTION
will have two different directions or at the same Consider a thin infinitely long line charge having
point there will be two different potentials which a uniform linear charge density  placed along
is impossible. YY 1 . Let P is a point at distance ‘r’ from the line
d) The spacing between equipotential surfaces charge then manitude of electri field at point P
enables to identify regions of strong and weak 
dV 1 is given by E  2  r
fields E   . So E  (if dV is constant). 0
dr dr
Y
e) At any point on the equipotential surface
component of electric field parallel to the surface +
+
is zero. +
+
In uniform field , the lines of force are straight +
r dS
l O+
and parallel and equipotential surfaces are planes +
+
P E
Gaussian
perpendicular to the lines of force as shown in +
+
surface
figure +
+
Y

equipotential
surface We know that V  r     E .dr

Here E  2  r and E .dr  Edr
0
The equipotential surfaces are a family of

concentric spheres for a uniformly charged sphere So V  r     Edr    2  r dr
or for a point charge as shown in figure 0

  
V  r    log e r   C
equipotential  2 0 
surface
Where C is constant of integration and V(r) gives
electric potential at a distance ‘r’ from the lin-
Equipotential surfaces in electrostatics are ear charge distribution
similar to wave fronts in optics. The wave fronts ELECTRIC POTENTIAL DUE TO INFINITE
in optics are the locus of all points which are in PLANE SHEET OF CHARGE
the same phase. Light rays are normal to the wave (NON CONDUCTING)
fronts. On the other hand the equipotential
Consider an infinite thin plane sheet of positivive
surfaces are perpendicular to the lines of force. charge having a uniform surface charge density
Note : 1) In case of non-uniform electric field, the  on both sides of the sheet. by symmetry , it
field lines are not straight, and in that case follws that the electric filed is perpendicular to
equipotential surfaces are curved but still the plane sheet of charge and directed in out
perpendicular to the field. ward direction.
2) Electric potential and potential energy are always 
defined relative to a reference. In general we The electric field intensity is E  2
0
take zero reference at infinity. The potential at a Electrostatic potential due to an infinite plane
point P in an electric field is V if potential at sheet of charge at a perpendicular distance r from

19 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

the sheet given by V  r     E .dr    Edr  V is constant and is equal to that on the surface
1 q
    So, V  4  R for r  R
V  r    dr   rC 0
2 0  2 0  The varitaion of V with distance ‘r’ from centre
where C is constant ofintegration similarly the is as shown in the graph.
electric pontential due to an infinite plane con-

ducting plate at a perpendicular distance r from V VS 
1 q
40 R
the plate is given by V  r     E .dr    Edr
v  1/r

  

V  r   
dr   rc r=R r
0  0  ELECTRIC POTENTIAL DUE TO A
where C is constant of intergration UNIFORMLY CHARGED
NON-CONDUCTING SOLID SPHERE:
ELECRTIC POTENTIAL DUE TO A CHARED
Consider a charged sphere of radius R with to-
SPERICAL SHELL (OR CONDUCTING
tal charge q uniformly distributed on it.
SPHERE):
Case (i) : For points Outside the sphere (r > R)
E The electric field at any point is
q P
+ + + dS 1 q
+ R r + Charged spherical E , 2 (for r > R)
+
+ O
+
+ Shell 4 0 r
+
+ +
The potential at any point outside the shell is
Gaussian
Surface V  r     E .dr    Edr
Consider a thin spherical shell of radius R and
having charge+q on the spherical shell. 1 q 1 q
  dr  C
Case (i): When point P lies outside the spherical 4 0 r 2
4 0 r
shell. The electric field at the point is Where C is constant of integration

E
1 q If r  ,V     0 and C=0
4 0 r 2 (for r > R)
1 q
V r   (r > R)
The potential V  r     E .dr    Edr 4 0 r
1 q 1 q Case (ii) : When point P lies on the surface of spheri-
  dr  C cal shell then r = R
4 0 r 2
4 0 r The electrostatic potential at P on the surface is
Where C is constant of integration
1 q
If r   , V     0 and C  0 V
4 0 R
1 q Case (iii) : FOr points inside the sphere (r < R)
V r   r  R
4 0 r 1 qr
Case (ii) : When point P lies on the surface of spheri- The electric field is E  4  R 3
0
cal shell then r = R
electrostatice potential at P on the surface is + E +
+ + +
1 q + + +
V +
+
+
4 0 R r +
+ + + +
Case (iii) : For points inside the charged spherical + +
+ +
shell (r < R), the electric field E = 0 R
+
dV
So we can write  0 dV  E .dr   Edr
dr

20 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
v r r
1 qr W.E-19: A charge Q is distributed over two con-
 dV    E dr   4 0 R 3
dr centric hollow spheres of radii ‘r’ and R ( >
vs R R r) such that the surface densities are equal.
r Find the potential at the common centre.
1 q  r2 
V  Vs     Sol: If q1 and q2 are the charges on spheres of radii
4 0 R 3  2  R
‘r’ and R respectively, then in accordance with
1 q 1 q  r 2 R2  conservation of charge
V   
4 0 R 4 0 R 3  2 2  q1  q2  Q ------(1)
And according to given problem  1   2 ,
1 q  3 r2 
V   
4 0 R  2 2 R 2  q1 q2 q1 r 2
i.e.,  or  ------(2)
At the centre r = 0 then 4 r 2 4 R 2 q2 R 2
1 3q 3 1 q So from Eqs (1) and (2)
Potential at centre VC  4  2 R  2 4  R
0 0 Qr 2 QR 2
q1  q 
The variation of V with distance ‘r’ from centre
is as shown in the graph.
 r 2  R 2  and 2  r 2  R   -----(3)

Now as potential inside a conducting sphere is
v equal to that at its surface, so potential at the
vs
common centre,
vs 1  q1 q2 
V  V1  V2  
vs
4 0  r R 
v  1/r
Substituting the value of q1 and q2 from Eq.(3)
r<R r<R
r=R r
Potential of a charged ring: A charge q is 1  Qr Qr 
V  2 2  2 2 
distributed over the circumference of ring ( either 4 0   R  r   R  r  
 
uniformly or non-uniformly ) , then electric
potential at the centre of the ring is 1 QR  r

1 q 4 0  R 2  r 2 
V . .
4 o R W.E-20: If electric potential V at any point (x, y,
At distance ‘r’ from the centre of ring on its axis z) all in metres in space is given by V = 4x2
1 q volt. Calculate the electric field at the point
would be V  . (1m, 0m, 2m).
4 o R 2  r 2
Sol : As electric field E is related to potential V
Electric potential of a uniformly charged disc through the relation
Consider a uniformly charged circular disc dV
having surface charge density  . E
dr
 Potential a at point on its axial line at distance x dV d
  Ex    (4x 2 )  8x
 dx dx
from the centre is V  2  R  x  x 
2 2

o
dV d
Ey     (4x 2 )  0
R dy dy
 At the centre of disc x  0 V
2 o dV d
And, E z     (4x 2 )  0
q dz dz
 For x  R , V  4 x 
o So, E  ˆi E x  ˆj E y  kˆ E z  8xiˆ
R i.e., it has magnitude 8 V/m and is directed along
 Potential on the edge of the disc is V   negative x-axis.
o

21 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-21: A conducting spherical bubble of radius POTENTIAL ENERGY OFA SYSTEM OF
r and thickness t (t >> r) is charged to a TWO CHARGES IN AN EXTERNAL
potential V. Now it collapses to form a FIELD: Consider two charges q1 and q2 located
spherical droplet. Find the potential of the
droplet. at two points A and B having position vectgors r1
Sol: Here charge and mass are conserved. If R is the and r2 respectively. Let V1 ang V2 be the potentials
radius of the resulting drop formed and  is due to external sources at the two points
4 3 respectively.
density of soap solution, R   4r 2 t
3 The work done in bringing the charge q1 from
 R  (3r 2 t)1/ 3
1 q infinity to the point A is W1  q1V1
Now potential of the bubble is V 
4 0 r In bringing charge q2 , the work to be done not
or q  4 0 rV only against the external field but also against
Now potential of resulting drop is
1/ 3
the filed due to q1 .
1 q  r
V|    V. The work done in bringing the charge q2 from
4 0 R  3t 
Potential Energy of System of Charges infinity to the point B is W2  q2V2 .
 Two charges Q1 and Q2 are separated by a The workdone on q2 against the field due to q1
distance 'd'. The P.E. of the system of charges is
1 q1q2
U
1 QQ
. 1 2 is W2  4 r where r12 is the distance
4 0 d from U=W=Vq 0 12

d between q1 and q2 .
Q1 Q2 The total work done in bringing the charge q2
 Three charges Q1 , Q2 , Q3 are placed at the three against the two fields from infinity to the point
B is
vertices of an equilateral triangle of side 'a'. The
P.E. of the system of charges is 1 q1q2
W2  q2V2 
1 QQ Q2Q3 Q3Q1  1  Q1Q2 4 0 r12
U 1 2
  or U  The total work done in assembling the
4 0  a a a  4 0 a
configuration or the potential energy of the
Q 3
system is
1 q1q2
a a
W  q1V1  q2V2 
4 0 r12
Q 1 a Q 2 W.E-22: Charge q1 is fixed and another point
 A charged particle of charge Q2 is held at rest at charge q2 is placed at a distance r0 from q1 on
a distance 'd' from a stationary charge Q1 . When a frictionless horizontal surface. Find the
velocity of q2 as a function of seperation r
the charge is released, the K.E. of the charge Q2 between them (treat the changes as point
1 Q1Q2 charges and mass of q2 is m)
at infinity is 4  . d . q1 q2
0

 If two like charges are brought closer, P.E of Sol : r0

the system increases. According law of concervation of energy
 If two unlike chargtes are brought closer, P.E of
U1  K1  U 2  K 2
the system decreses.
For an attractive system U is always NEGATIVE. 1 q1 q 2 1 q1 q 2 1
0   mv 2
For a repulsive system U is always POSITIVE. 4 0 r0 4  0 r 2
For a stable system U is MINIMUM.
1 q q  1 1 q1q 2  1 1 
dU mv 2  1 2    ; v    
2 4  0  r0 r  2 0 m  r0 r 
i.e. F   = 0 (for stable system)
dx

22 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-23: A proton moves with a speed of 7.45 x 105 from law of conservation of energy
m/s directly towards a free proton originally 1 1
mu 2  mv 2  mg 2 .... ( 2 )
at rest. Find the distance of closest approach 2 2
for the two protons. from ( 1 ) and ( 2 );
Given (1 / 4 0 )  9  10 9 m / F; mP  1.67  1027 kg
q2
and e = 1.6 x 10-19 coulomb. u  4g   5  86 m / s
4 o m
Sol: As here the particle at rest is free to move,
when one particle approaches the other, due to W.E-25: If an electron enters into a space between
electrostatic repulsion other will also start the plates of a parallel plate capacitor at an
moving and so the velocity of first particle will an angle  with the plates and leaves at an
decrease while of other will increase and at angle  to the plates, find the ratio of its kinetic
closest approach both will move with same energy while entering the capacitor to that while
velocity. So if v is the common velocity of each leaving.
particle at closest approach, by 'conservation of Sol: Let u be the velocity of electron while entering
momentum'. the field and v be the velocity when it leaves the
1 plates. Component of velocity parallel to the
mu  m  m i.e.,   u plates will remain unchanged.
2
And by 'conservation of energy' u cos 
Hence u cos   u cos   
1 1 1 1 e2 v cos 
mu 2  m2  m2 
2 2 2 4  0 r 1 2
 2 mu  2 2
 u  cos  
4e 2  u    
So, r  1 2  v  cos  
4 0 mu 2 as   2   2 mv 
 
And hence substituting the given data,
W.E-26: Figure shows two concentric
4  (1.6  10 19 )2
r  9  10 9   10 12 m conductiong shells of radii r1 and r2 carrying
1.67  10 27  (7.45  10 5 )2
W.E-24: A small ball of mass 2 x 10–3 kg having a uniformly distributed charages q1 and q2 .
charge of 1C is suspended by a string of respectively. Find out an expression for the
potential of each shell.
length 0.8m. Another identical ball having
the same charge is kept at the point of r
+q
2
2

suspension. Determine the minimum +q 1

horizontal velocity which should be impacted r 1

to the lower ball so that it can make complete

revolution :
Sol: To complete the circle at top most point T2 = 0 Sol: The potential of each sphere consists of two
F points:
V
One due to its own charge, and
Second due to the charge on the other sphere.
q Using the principle of superposition, we have
V1  Vr1 , surface  Vr2 ,inside and
U
F V2  Vr1 ,outside  Vr2 , surface
q2 MV2 1 q1 1 q2
Mg 
4  o  2

 Hence, V1  4 r  4 r
0 1 0 2

q 2 1 q1 1 q2
 V2  g 
4 o M
...( 1 ) and V2  4 r  4 r
0 2 0 2

23 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-27: In the previous example, if the charge Sol: a) When an object is connected to earth
q1   q0 and the outer shell is earthed, then (grounded), its potential is reduced to zero. Let
a) determine the charge on the outer shell, q ' be the charge on A after it is earthed as shown
and in fig
b) find the potential of the inner shell. Q + q

–q

The charge q ' on A induces  q ' on inner surface

Sol: a) We know that charge on facing surfaces is
equal and opposite. So, if charge on inner sphere of B and  q ' on outer surface of B. In
is q0 , then charge on inner surface of shell equilibrium, the charge distribution is as shown
in fig
should be  q0 . Now, let charge on outer surface Potential of inner sphere = potential due to
of shell be q2 . charge on A+ potential due to charge on B = 0
As the shell is earthed. So its potential should q' q' Q  q'
be zero. So, VA    0
4 0 a 4 0b 4 0b

a
or q  Q  
'

b
This implies that a charge Q  a / b  has been
transferred to the earth leaving negative charge
kq0 k   q0 kq on A.
Vshell    2  0  q2  0
r2 r2 r2 Final charge distribution will be as shown in
Hence, charge on outer surface of shell is zero. fig..
Final charges appearing are shown in fig Q ba
+
b) Potential of inner sphere: +
+
+
+ b
+ Qa +
kq k   q0  q 1 1  + + b

V1  0   0    +
++
Qa
r1 r2 4 0 r1 r2 
+
+
b +
+ + +
+ + +
W.E-28: Consider two concentric spherical metal + +
shells of radii ‘a’ and b > a. The outer shell As b>a, so charge on the outer surface of outer
has charge Q, but the inner shell has no
charge, Now, the inner shell is grounded. This Q b  a 
means that the inner shell will come at zero shell will be  0.
b
potential and that electric field lines leave the
outer shell and end on the inner shell. b) Potential of outer surface VB  potential due
a) Find the charge on the inner shell. to charge on A + potential due to charge on B.
b) Find the potential on outer sphere.
q'
1 1 Q
VB  Va ,out  Vb ,both surface  
4 0 b 4 0 b

 a
 Q 
1  b 1 Q Q b  a 
  
4 0 b 4 0 b 4 0b 2

24 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-29: Two circular loops of radii 0.05 and Sol: As the electric field at the centre of a ring is zero,
0.09m, respectively, are put such that their the particle will not come back due to repulsion if it
axes coincide and their centres are 0.12 m crosses the centre fig.
apart. Charge of 106 coulomb is spread 1 2 1 qQ 1 qQ
mv  
uniformly on each loop. Find the potential 2 4 0 r 4 0 R
difference between the centres of loops.
 
q2 2
q1
r1 r2 But here, Q  2 R and r  3R  R2  2R
R2
R1
O1
x O2
1 2 1 2 R q  1   q 
So, mv  1   or v   
2 4 0 R  2  2 0 m 
Sol: The potential at the centre of a ring will be due
to charge on both the rings and as every element  q 
of a ring is at a constant distance from the centre, So, Vmin   
so  2 0 m 

1  q1 q2  C. U. Q
V1    
4 0  R1 R22  x 2 
 CHARGE & CONSERVATION OF CHARGE
104 1. Two identical metallic spheres A and B of
104 
 9 109    exactly equal masses are given equal positive
 5 9 2
 12 2
 and negative charges respectively. Then
1) mass of A > Mass of B
1 1  2) mass of A < Mass of B
 9  105     2.40  105V
 5 15  3) mass of A = Mass of B
4) mass of A  Mass of B
1  q2 q1 
2. Two spheres of equal mass A and B are given
similarly, V2  4  R  
+q and -q charge respectively then
0  R1  x 
2 2
 2 1) mass of A increases2) mass of B increases
3 1 1  198 3) mass of A remains constant
or V2  9  10      105 4) mass of B decreases
 9 13  117 3 A soap bubble is given a negative charge, then
V2  1.69  105V its radius.
1) Decreases 2) Increases
So, V1  V2   2.40  1.69  105  71 kV 3) Remanins unchanged
W.E-30: A circular ring of radius R with uniform 4) Nothing can be predicted as information is
positive charge density  per unit length is insufficient
located in the y - z plane with its centre at the COULOMB’S LAW
origin O. A particle of mass ‘m’ and positive 4. Two charges are placed at a distance apart.
charge ‘q’ is projected from the point If a glass slab is placed between them, force
between them will
p   3R,0,0  on the negative x-axis directly 1) be zero 2) increase
towards O, with initial speed v. Find the 3) decrease 4) remains the same
smallest (non-zero) value of the speed such 5. A negatively charged particle is situated on a
that the particle does not return to P? straight line joining two other stationary
 particles each having charge +q. The
 

Q
direction of motion of the negatively charged
r  R
q   particle will depend on
P  O  1) the magnitude of charge
 3R, 0, 0 2) the position at which it is situated
 
 3) both magnitude of charge and its position
 

4) the magnitude of +q

25 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
6. Four charges are arranged at the corners of a ELECTRIC FIELD
square ABCD as shown in the figure. The force 11. Figure shows the electric lines of force
on the positive charge kept at the centre ‘O’ emerging from a charged body. If the electric
is
A B
field at ‘A’ and ‘B’ are E A and EB
+2Q
+Q
respectively and if the displacement between
1) zero O ‘A’ and ‘B’ is ‘r’ then
2) along the diagonal AC
3) along the diagonal BD2QD C
+Q
B
4) perpendicular to side AB A

7. Two identical +ve charges are at the ends of

a straight line AB. Another identical +ve
charge is placed at ‘C’ such that AB=BC. A, 1) E A  EB 2) E A  EB
B and C being on the same line. Now the force EB EB
on ‘A’ 3) E A  4) E A 
r r2
1) increases 2) decreases 12. Figure shows lines of force for a system of
3) remains same 4) we cannot say two point charges. The possible choice for the
8. Two identical pendulums A and B are charges is
suspended from the same point. Both are given
positive charge, with A having more charge
than B. They diverge and reach equilibrium
with the suspension of A and B making q1 q2

angles1 and  2 with the vertical respectively..

1) 1   2 2) 1   2 3) 1   2
4) The tension in A is greater than that in B
1) q1  4 C , q2  1.0 C 2) q1  1 C , q2  4C
9. Two metal spheres of same mass are
suspended from a common point by a light 3) q1  2 C , q2  4C 4) q1  3 C , q2  2 C
insulating string. The length of each string is 13. Drawings I and II show two samples of electric
same. The spheres are given electric charges field lines
+q on one end and +4q on the other. Which of
the following diagram best shows the resulting
positions of spheres?

1)  2) I II
+q +4q +q  +4q 1) The electric fields in both I and II are
produced. by negative charge located
somewhere on the left and positive charges
4) located somewhere on the right
3)   +q
+q +4q  2) In both I and II the electric field is the same
+4q every where
10. Two point charges  q and 2q are placed at 3) In both cases the field becomes stronger on
a certain distance apart. Where should a third moving from left to right
point charge be placed so that it is in 4) The electric field in I is the same everywhere,
equilibrium? but in II the electric field becomes stronger on
1) on the line joining the two charges on the moving from left to right
right of 2q 14. An electron is projected with certain velocity
2) on the line joining the two charges on the into an electric field in a direction opposite to
left of  q the field. Then it is
3) between  q and 2q 1) accelerated 2) retarded
4) at any point on the right bisector of the 3) neither accelerated nor retarded
line joining  q and  2q . 4) either accelerated or retarded

26 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
15. The acceleration of a charged particle in a 23. A charged bead is capable of sliding freely
uniform electric field is through a string held vertically in tension. An
1) proportional to its charge only electric field is applied parallel to the string
2) inversely proportional to its mass only so that the bead stays at rest of the middle of
3) proportional to its specific charge the string. If the electric field is switched off
4) inversely proportional to specific charge momentarily and switched on
16. An electron and proton are placed in an 1) the bead moves downwards and stops as soon
electric field. The forces acting on them are as the field is switched on
F1 and F2 and their accelerations are a1 and 2) the bead moved downwards when the field is
switched off and moves upwards when the field
a2 respectively then is switched on
1) F1  F2 2) F1  F2  0 3) the bead moves downwards with constant
acceleration till it reaches the bottom of the
3) a1  a2 4) a1  a2 string
17. The bob of a pendulum is positively charged. 4) the bead moves downwards with constant
Another identical charge is placed at the point velocity till it reaches the bottom of the string
of suspension of the pendulum. The time period 24. An electron is moving with constant velocity
of pendulum along x-axis. If a uniform electric field is
1) increases 2) decreases applied along y-axis, then its path in the x-y
3) becomes zero 4) remains same. plane will be
18. Intensity of electric field inside a uniformly 1) a straight line 2) a circle
charged hollow sphere is 3) a parabola 4) an ellipse
1) zero 2) non zero constant 25. An electron of mass M e , initially at rest ,
3) change with r
moves through a certain distance in a uniform
4) inversely proportional to r
19. A positive charge q0 placed at a point P near electric field in time t1 . proton of mass M p
a charged body experiences a force of also initially at rest, takes time t2 to move
repulsion of magnitude F, the electric field E
through an equal distance in this uniform
of the charged body at P is
electric field. Neglecting the effect of gravity
F F F the ratio t2 / t1 is nearly equal to
1) q 2)  q 3)  q 4) F
0 0 0
1) 1 2) M p / M e 3) M e / M p 4) 1836
20. A cube of side b has charge q at each of its
vertices. The electric field at the centre of 26. Dimensions of  0 are
the cube will be (KARNATAKA CET 2000)
1)  M L T A  2)  M L T A 
1 3 4 2 0 3 3 3
32q q q
1) zero 2) 2 3) 2 4) 2
b 2b b
3)  M L T A  4)  M L TA 
1 3 3 1 3 2

21. An electron and proton are sent into an

electric field. The ratio of force experienced 27. Two point charges q and -2q are placed some
by them is distance d apart. If the electric field at the
1) 1 : 1 2) 1 : 1840 locatiion of q is E, that at the location of -2q
3) 1840 : 1 4) 1 : 9.11 is (1987)
22. An electron enters an electric field with its E E
1)  2) –2E 3) 4) – 4E
velocity in the direction of the electric lines 2 2
of force. Then dV
1) the path of the electron will be a circle 28. E   , here negative sign signified that
dr
2) the path of the electron will be a parabola
1) E is opposite to V 2) E is negative
3) the velocity of the electron will decrease
3) E increases when V decreases
4) the velocity of the electron will increase
4) E is directed in the direction of decreasing V

27 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
 36. Electric potential at some point in space is zero.
29. An electron moves with a velocity v in an
  Then at that point
electric field E . If the angle between v and 1) electric intensity is necessarily zero

E is neither 0 nor  , then path followed by 2) electric intensity is necessarily non zero.
the electron is 3) electric intensity may or may not be zero
1) straight line 2) circle 4) electric intensity is necessarily infinite.
3) ellipse 4) parabola 37. When an electron approaches a proton, their
30. A charged particle is free to move in an electro static potential energy
electric field 1) decreases 2) increases
1) It will always move perpendicular to the line 3) remains unchanged 4) all the above
of force 38. An electron and a proton move through a
2) It will always move along the line of force in potential difference of 200V. Then
the direction of the field. 1) electron gains more energy
3) It will always move along the line of force 2) proton gains more energy
opposite to the direction of the field. 3) both gain same energy
4) It will always move along the line of force in 4) none of them gain energy
the direction of the field or opposite to the 39. Two charges +q and –q are kept apart. Then
direction of the field depending on the nature of at any point on the right bisector of line joining
the charge the two charges.
31. Two parallel plates carry opposite charges 1) the electric field strength is zero
such that the electric field in the space 2) the electric potential is zero
between them is in upward direction. An 3) both electric potential and electric field
electron is shot in the space and parallel to strength are zero
the plates. Its deflection from the original 4) both electric potential and electric field
direction will be strength are non - zero
1) Upwards 2) Downwards 40. When ‘n’ small drops are made to combine to
3) Circular 4) does not deflect form a big drop, then the big drop’s
1) Potential increases to n1/3 times original
ELECTRIC POTENTIAL AND potential and the charge density decreases to
POTENTIAL ENERGY n1/3 times original charge
32. Potential at the point of a pointed conductor 2) Potential increases to n2/3 times original
is potential and charge density increases to n1/3
1) maximum 2) minimum times original charge density
3) zero 4) same as at any other point 3) Potential and charge density decrease to
33. An equipotential line and a line of force are n1/3 times original values
1)perpendicular to each other 4) Potential and charge density increases to ‘n’
2)parallel to each other times original values
3) in any direction 4) at an angle of 450 41. A hollow metal sphere of radius 5cm is charged
such that the potential on its surface is 10V.
34. When a positively charged conductor is placed
The potential at the centre of the sphere is
near an earth connected conductor, its
1) 0 V 2) 10 V
potential
3) same as at point 5cm away from the surface
1) always increases 2) always decreases
4) same as at point 25cm from the surface
3) may increase or decrease 4) remains the same
42. The work done (in Joule) in carrying a charge
35. If a unit charge is taken from one point to
of ‘x’ coulomb between two points having a
another over an equipotential surface, then
potential difference of ‘y’ volt is
1) work is done on the charge
2) work is done by the charge x x2 y
3) work on the charge is constant 1) 2) 3) 4) xy
y y x
4) no work is done

28 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
43. Two charges q and -q are kept apart. Then at 49. Two copper spheres of the same radii, one
any point on the perpendicular bisector of line hollow and the other solid, are charged to the
joining the two charges. (2008E) same potential, then
1) the electric field strength is zero 1) hollow sphere holds more charge
2) the electric potential is zero 2) solid sphere holds more charge
3) both electric potential and electric field 3) both hold equal charge
strength are zero 4) we can’t say
50. Equipotential surfaces are shown in figure a
4) both electric potential and electric field
and b. The field in
strength are non-zero
44. Electric potential at the centre of a charged 3V0 2V0 V0

hollow spherical conductor is 9V0 r0 2r0

4V0 V0
1) zero
3r0
2) twice as that on the surface x0 x0

3) half of that on the surface FIGURE (A) FIGURE (B)

4) same as that on the surface 1) a is uniform only 2) b is uniform only
45. Which of the following pair is related as in 3) a and b is uniform 4)both are nonuniform
work and force 51. Due to the motion of a charge, its magnitude
1) electric potential and electric intensity 1) changes
2) momentum and force 2) does not changes
3) impulse and force 3) increases (or) decreases depends on its speed
4) resistance and voltage 4) can not be predicted
46. The equipotential surfaces corresponding to 52. Induction preceeds attraction because
single positve charge are concentric spherical 1) an uncharged body can attract an uncharged
shells with the charge at its origin. The body due to induction of opposite charge on it
spacing between the surfaces for the same 2) a charged body can attract an uncharged body
change in potential due to induction of same charge on it.
1) is uniform throughout the field 3) a charged body can attract an uncharged body
2) is getting closer as r   due to induction of opposite charge on it.
4) a charged body can attract another charged
3) is getting closer as r  0 body due to induction of same charge on it.
4) can be varied as one wishes to 53. The coulomb electrostatic force is defined for
47. Four identical charges each of charge q are 1) two spherical charges at rest
placed at the corners of a square. Then at the 2) two spherical charges in motion
centre of the square the resultant electric 3) two point charges in motion
intensity E and the net electric potential V 4) two point charges at rest

are  F
1) E  0, V  0 2) E  0, V  0 54. The Electric field is given by E  q , here
0
3) E  0, V  0 4) E  0, V  0 the test charge ‘q0’ should be
48. Two positive charges q and q are placed at a) Infinitesimally small and positive
b) Infinitesimally small and negative
the diagonally opposite corners of a square
1) only a 2) only ‘b’
and two negative charges -q and -q are placed
3) a (or) b 4) neither ‘a’ or ‘b’
at the other two corners of the square. Then
at the centre of the square the resultant 55. The p.d V B  Vc  between two points from C
electric intensity E and the net electric to B
potential V are 1) does not depend on the path
1) E  0, V  0 2) E  0, V  0 2) depends on the path
3) depends on test charge
3) E  0, V  0 4) E  0, V  0 4) independent of electric field

29 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
56. Match List-I with List-II 58. Match the following
List-I List-II List-I List-II
a) proton and e) gains same velocity a) Fluid flow d) Temperature
difference
electron in an elctric field for
b) Heat flow e) Pressure
same time difference
b) proton and f) gains same KE in an c) Charge flow f)Potential difference
positron electric field for same time. 1) a  e, b  d , c  f
c) Deutron and g) experience same 2) a  d , b  e, c  f
 - particle force in electric field
3) a  f , b  e, c  d
d) electron and h) gains same KE
positron when accelerated 4) a  e, b  f , c  d
by same potential 59. Match List-I with List-II
difference. List-I List-II
a) Two like charges e) the force between
1) a  h, b  g , c  e, d  f are brought nearer them decreases.
2) a  h, b  g , c  f , d  e b) Two unlike f) potential energy
charge of some of the system
3) a  g , b  h, c  e, d  f
brought nearer increases
4) a  e, b  f , c  g , d  h c) When a third g) mutual forces are
57. Match List-I with List-II charge of same not affected
List-I List-II nature is placed
equidistance from
a) Electric potential e) inversly proportional
two like charges
inside a charged to square of the d) When a dielectric h) potential energy
conducting sphere 2
distance ( r ) medium is introduced of the system
between two charges decreases
b) Electric potential f) directly proportional
1) a  h, b  f , c  g , d  e
charged sphere outside the conducting
to distance 2) a  f , b  h, c  g , d  e

 r  from the centre 3) a  h, b  f , c  e, d  g

4) a  g , b  e, c  f , d  h
c) Electric field g) constant
60. Match the following :
inside the non
a) Electric field e) Constant
conducting
outside a conducting
charged sphere charged sphere
d) Electric field h) inversly b) Electric potential out f) directly propor
charged sphere outside a side the conducting national to
conducting charged sphere distance from
proportional to centre
distance ( r ) c) Electric field inside g) inversely propor
a non-conducting tional to the
1) a  f , b  e, c  g , d  h charged sphere distance
2) a  e, b  f , c  h, d  g d) Electric potential in h) inversely
side a charged proportional to
3) a  h, b  g , c  e, d  f conducting sphere the square of the
4) a  g , b  h, c  f , d  e distance

30 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

1) a  h, b  g , c  e, d  f 66. An electric dipole placed in a nonuniform

electric field experiences
2) a  e, b  f , c  h, d  g
1) a force but no torque
3) a  h, b  g , c  f , d  e 2) a torque but no force
4) a  g , b  h, c  f , d  e 3) a force as well as a torque
4) neither a force nor a torque
DIPOLE
67. If Ea be the electric field intensity due to a
61. The angle between electric dipolemoment
p and the electric field E when the dipole is short dipole at a point on the axis and Er be
in stable equilibrium that on the perpendicular bisector at the same
1) 0 2)  / 4 3)  / 2 4)  distance from the dipole, then
62. ‘Debye’ is the unit of 1) Ea  Er 2) Ea  2 Er
1) electric flux 2) electric dipolemoment
3) Er  2 Ea 4) Ea  2 Er
3) electric potential 4) electric field intensity
63. The electric field at a point at a distance r 68. The electric potential due to an extremely
from an electric dipole is proportional to short dipole at a distance r from it is
proportional to
1 1 1
1) 2) 2 3) 3 4) r 2
1 1 1 1
r r r 1) 2) 2 3) 3 4) 4
64. An electric dipole placed with its axis in the r r r r
direction of a uniform electric field 69. An electric dipole when placed in a uniform
experiences electric field will have minimum potential
1) a force but not torque energy, if the angle between dipole moment
2) a torque but no force and electric field is
3) a force as well as a torque 1) zero 2)  / 2 3)  4) 3 / 2
4) neither a force nor a torque 70. The angle between the electric dipole moment
65. An electric dipole is placed in a non uniform and the electric field strength due to it, on
electric field increasing along the +ve the equatorial line is
direction of X - axis. In which direction does 1) 00 2) 900 3) 1800 4) 600
71. A metallic shell has a point charge q kept
the dipole
inside its cavity. Which one of the following
Y diagrams correctly represents the electric
lines of forces ?
q

X X 1) 2)

q

Y

1) move along + ve direction of X - axis, rotate 3) 4)

clockwise
2) move along - ve direction of X - axis, rotate
clockwise ASSERTION & REASON
3) move along + ve direction of X - axis, rotate In each of the following questions, a statement
anti clockwise of Assertion (A) is given followed by a
4) move along - ve direction of X - axis, rotate corresponding statement of Reason (R) just
anti clockwise below it. Mark the correct answer.

31 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
1) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the 80. Assertion(A): In bringing an electron towards
correct explanation of ‘A’ a proton electrostatic potential energy of the
2) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is not system increases.
the correct explanation of ‘A’ Reason (R): Potential due to proton is positive
3) ‘A’ is true and ‘R’ is false 81. Assertion(A): The surface of a conductor is
4) ‘A’ is false and ‘R’ is true an equipotential surface
72. Assertion(A) : Force between two point Reason (R): Conductor allows the flow of
charges at rest is not changed by the presence charge
of third point charge between them. 82. Assertion (A) : A charge ' q1 ' exerts some
Reason(R): Force depends on the magnitude
of the first two charges and seperation force on a second charge ' q 2 ' . If a third
between them charge ' q3 ' is brought near , the force
73. Assertion (A): Electric potential at any point
on the equatorial line of an electric dipole is exerted by q1 on q 2 does not change
zero Reason (R): The elecrtostatic force between
Reason (R): Electric potential is scalar two charges is independent of presence of
74. Assertion (A) : Electrons always move from third charge
a region of lower potential to a region of 83. Assertion (A) : A point charge 'q' is rotated
highe potential along a circle around another point charge
Reason (R) : Electrons carry a negative Q. The work done by electric field on the
charge rotating charge in half revolution is zero.
75. Assertion(A): A metallic shield in form of a Reason (R) : No work is done to move a
hollow shell may be built to block an electric charge on an equipotential line or surface.
field. 84. Assertion: (A): Work done by electric force
Reason (R): In a hollow spherical shield, the is path independent.
electric field inside it is zero at every point. Reason: (R): Electric force is conservative
76. Assertion (A): For practical purpose, the 85. Assertion (A): In bringing an electron towards
earth is used as a reference for zero potential a proton electrostatic potential energy of the
in electrical circuits. system increases.
Reason (R): The electrical potential of a Reason (R): Potential due to proton is
sphere of radius R with charge Q uniformly positive.
Q 86. Assertion(A): Two particles of same charge
distributed on the surface is given by 4 R projected with different velocity normal to
0

77. Assertion(A): Coulomb force between electric field experience same force
charges is central force Reason (R): A charged particle experiences
Reason (R): Coulomb force depends on force, independent of velocity in electric field
medium between charges 87. Assertion(A): The coulomb force is the
78. Assertion(A): Electric and gravitational fields dominating force in the universe
are acting along same line. When proton and Reason (R): The coulomb force is stronger
 - particle are projected up veritically along than the gravitational force.
that line, the time of flights is less for proton. 88. Assertion(A): A circle is drawn with a point
Reason (R): In the given electric field positive charge   q  at its centre. The work
acceleration of a charged particle is directly
done in taking a unit positive charge once
proportional to specific charge
around it is zero
79. Assertion(A): When a proton with certain
energy moves from low potential to high Reason (R): Displacement of unit positive
potential then its KE decreases. charge is zero
Reason (R): The direction of electric field is 89. Assertion(A): Electric potential at any point
opposite to the potential gradient and work on the equatorial line of electric dipole is zero.
done against it is negative. Reason (R): Electric potential is scalar

32 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
90. Assertion(A): The potential at any point due 95. Out of the following statements
to a group of ' N ' point charges is simply A. Three charge system can not have zero
arrived at by the principle of superposition mutual potential energy
Reason (R): The potential energy of a system B. The mutual potential energy of a system
of two charges is a scalar quantity of charges is only due to positive charges
91. Assertion (A): The electrostatic potential 1) A is wrong and B is correct
energy is independent of the manner in which 2) A is correct and B is wrong
the cofiguration is achieved 3) Both A and B are correct
Reason (R): Electrostatic field is conservative
4) Both A and B are wrong
field
96. Statement A: Electrical potential may exist
STATEMENT QUESTIONS
at a point where the electrical field is zero
92. Statement-1:- For a charged particle moving
from point P to point Q, the net work done by Statement B : Electrical Field may exist at a
an electrostatic field on the particle is point where the electrical potential is zero.
independent of the path connecting point P to Statement C : The electric potential inside a
point Q. charge conducting sphere is constant.
Statement-2:- The net work done by a 1) A, B are true 2) B,C are true
conservative force on an ojecte moving along 3) A,C are true 4) A,B,C are true
a closed loop is zero 97. Statement A: If an electron travels along the
1) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true, direction of electric field it gets accelerated
Statement-2 is the correct explanation of Statement B: If a proton travels along the
statement-1. direction of electric field it gets retarded
2) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true, 1) Both A & B are true2) A is true, B is false
Statement-2 is not the correct explanation of
3) A is false, B is true 4) Both A & B are false
statement-1.
3) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true. 98. A : Charge cannot exist without mass but mass
4) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false can exist without charge.
93. A dielectric slab of thickness d is inserted in a B : Charge is invariant but mass is variant
parallel plate capacitor whose negative plate with velocity
is at x = 3d. The slab is equidistant from the C : Charge is conserved but mass alone may
plates. The capacitor is given some charge. not be conserved.
As ‘x’ goes from 0 to 3d: 1) A, B, C are true 2) A, B, C are not true
1) the magnitude of the electric field remains 3) A, B are only true 4) A, B are false, C is true
the same 99. A particle of mass m and charge q is fastened
2) the direction of the electric field remains the to one end of a string fixed at point O. The
same whole system lies on a frictionless horizontal
3) the electric potential increases continuously plane. Initially, the mass is at rest at A. A
4) the electric potential dicreases at first, then uniform electric field in the direction shown
increases and again dicreases is then switched on. Then
94. Choose the wrong statement
A
1) Work done in moving a charge on equipotential
surface is zero. E

2) Electric lines of force are always normal to l

an equipotential surface 0
60
3) When two like charges are brought nearer, O B
then electrostatic potential energy of the system 1) the speed of the particle when it reaches B is
gets decreased.
4) Electric lines of force diverge from positive 2qE
charge and converge towards negative charge. m

33 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
2) the speed of the particle when it reaches B is qE
c) amplitude of oscillation is
qE k
m d) Block will oscillate but not simple
harmonically
3) the tension in the string when particles
Choose the correct answer
Eq 1) a and b are true 2) d is true
reaches at B is .
2 3) a,b,c are true 4) a,b,c,d are true
4) the tension in the string when the particle 102. A charge is moved against repulsion. Then
reaches at B is qE. there is
100. A conducting sphere A of radius a, with A) decreasing its kinetic energy
charge Q, is placed concentrically inside a B) increasing its potential energy
conducting shell B of radius b. B is earthed. C) increasing both the energies
C is the common centre of the A and B D) decreasing both the energies.
1) A, B, C, D are true 2) A, B, C are true
B
3) A, B are true 4) A only true
Q
A
a 103. Which of the following statements are correct?
C a) The electrostatic force does not depend on
medium in which the charges are placed
b) The electrostatic force between two
p) The field at a distance r from C, where charges does not exist in vacuum
c) The gravitational force between masses
Q can be usually neglected in comparision with
a  r  b , is k
r2 electrostatic force
q) The potential at a distance r from C, where d) Any excess charge given to a conductor,
Q not always resides on the outer surfaceof the
a  r  b , is k conductor.
r
1) both a & c 2) only ' c ' 3) both c & d 4) all
r) The potential difference between A and B
104. The property of the electric line of force
1 1 
is kQ   
a) The tangent to the line of force at any point
a b is parallel to the directio of ' E ' at the point
s) The potential at a distance r from C, where b) No two lines of force intersect each other
1) both a & b 2) only a 3) only b 4) a or b
1 1 

a  r  b , is kQ  r  b 
105. Which of the following statements are
correct.
Choose the correct answer a) Electric lines of force are just imaginary
1. p and r are true 2. q is true lines
3. p,r,s are true 4. p,q,r,s are true b) Electric lines of force will be parallel to
101. A block of mass m is attached to a spring of the surface of conductor
force constant k. Charge on the block is q. A c) If the lines of force are crowded, them field
horizontal electric field E is acting in the is strong
direction as shown. Block is released with d) Electric lines of force are closed loops
the spring in unstretched position 1) both a & c 2) both b & d
E 3) only a 4) all
k
q, m 106. Statement(A): Negative charges always move
from a higher potential to lower potential point
smooth Statement (B): Electric potential is vector.
a) block will execute SHM 1) A is true but B is false
2) B is true but A is false
m
b) Time period of oscillation is 2  3) Both A and B false
k
4) Both A and R are true
34 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
107. Statement (A): A solid conducting sphere
E E
holds more charge than a hollow conducting
sphere of same radius a) b)
Statement (B) : Two spheres A and B are
r r
connected by a conducting wire. No charge
will flow from A to B, when their radii are R
and 2R and charges on them are 2q and q V V
respectively
1) A is true, B is false c) d)
2) A is false B is true
r r
3) Both A and B are true
4) Both A and B are false Choose the correct answer
108. A ring with a uniform charge Q and radius R, 1) b and c are true 2) a is true
is placed in the yz plane with its centre at the 3) a,b,c are true 4) a,b,c,d are true
origin 111. Two concentric shells of radii R and 2R have
a) The field at the origin is zero given charges q and – 2q as shown in figure.
In a region r < R
Q
b) The potential at the origin is k 2q
R
q
Q
c) The filed at the point (x, 0, 0) is k 2
x R r

Q
d) The field at the point (x, 0, 0) is k
R  x2
2 2R

Choose the correct answer a) E = 0 b) E  0 c) V = 0 d) V  0

1) a and b are true 2) c is true Choose the correct answer
3) a,b,c are true 4) a,b,c,d are true 1) a and c are true 2) c is true
109. A positively charged thin metal ring of radius 3) a,d,c are true 4) a,b,c,d are true
R is fixed in the xy plane, with its centre at
the origin O. A negatively charged particle P C.U.Q - KEY
is released from rest at the point (0, 0, z0), 1) 2 2) 2 3) 2 4) 3 5) 2 6) 3
where z0>0. Then the motion of P is 7) 1 8) 3 9)1 10) 2 11) 1 12) 1
a) Periodic, for all value of z 0 satisfying 13) 4 14) 1 15) 3 16) 2 17) 4 18) 1
0  z0   19) 2 20) 1 21) 1 22) 3 23) 4 24) 3
b) Simple harmonic, for all values of z 0 25) 2 26) 1 27) 3 28) 4 29) 4 30) 4
31) 2 32) 4 33) 1 34) 2 35) 4 36) 3
satisfying 0  z0  R
37) 1 38) 3 39) 2 40) 2 41) 2 42) 4
c) Approximately simple harmonic, provided 43) 2 44) 4 45) 1 46) 3 47) 3 48) 2
z0<<R 49) 3 50) 1 51) 2 52) 3 53) 2 54) 1
d) Such that P crosses O and continues to move 55) 1 56) 1 57) 1 58) 1 59) 2 60) 3
along the negative z-axis towards z   61) 1 62) 1 63) 3 64) 4 65) 1 66) 3
Choose the correct answer 67) 2 68) 2 69) 1 70) 3 71) 3 72) 1
1) a and b are true 2) c is true 73) 1 74) 1 75) 1 76) 2 77) 2 78) 1
3) a,c,d are true 4) a,b,c,d are true 79) 2 80) 4 81) 2 82) 2 83) 1 84) 1
110. A circular ring carries a uniformly distributed 85) 4 86) 1 87) 4 88) 2 89) 2 90) 2
positive charge. The electric field (E) and 91) 1 92) 1 93) 2 94) 3 95) 4 96) 4
potential (V) varies with distance (r) from the 97) 4 98) 1 99) 2 100) 3 101) 3 102) 3
centre of the ring along its axis as 103) 2 104) 1 105) 1 106) 3 107) 4 108) 1
109) 1 110) 1 111) 1
35 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
ELECTRIC FIELD
LEVEL - I ( C.W ) 9. Two charges of 50  C and 100 C aree
ELECTRIC CHARGES AND separated by a distance of 0.6m. The intensity
of electric field at a point midway between them
CONSERVATION OF CHARGE is
1. One million electrons are added to a glass 1) 50 106 V m 2) 5 106 V m
rod. The total charge on the rod is
1) 1013 C 2) 1.6 1013 C 3) 10 106 V m 4) 10 106 V m
3) 1.6 10 C
 12 4) 1012 C 10. Two point charges Q and -3Q are placed some
2. A body has a charge of 9.6 1020 coulomb. It distnace apart. If the electic field at the location

is of Q is E , the field at the location of -3Q is
1) possible  
2) not possible   E E
1) E 2)  E 3)  4) 
3) may (or) may not possible 3 3
4) Data not sufficient 11. A mass m carrying a charge q is suspended
COULOMB’S LAW from a string and placed in a uniform horizontal
electric field of intensity E. The angle made
3. A force of 4N is acting between two charges by the string with the vertical in the equilibrium
in air. If the space between them is completely position is
filled with glass   r  8 , then the new force mg m
1)   tan Eq 2)   tan Eq
1 1
will be
1) 2N 2) 5N 3) 0.2N 4) 0.5N
Eq Eq
4)   tan mg
1
4. There are two charges  1c and  2 c 3)   tan
1

m
kept at certain seperation . The ratio of 12. A proton of mass ‘m’ charge ‘e’ is released
electro static forces acting on them will be in from rest in a uniform electric field of strength
the ratio of ‘E’. The time taken by it to travel a distance
1) 1 : 2 2) 2 : 1 3) 1 : 1 4) 1 : 4 ‘d’ in the field is
5. Two identical metal spheres possess +60C
and –20C of charges. They are brought in 2de 2dm 2dE 2Ee
1) 2) 3) 4)
contact and then separated by 10 cm.The mE Ee me dm
force between them is 13. An infinite number of charges each of
1) 36 1013 N 2) 36 1014 N magnitude q are placed on x - axis at distances
of 1,2, 4, 8, ... meter from the origin. The
3) 36 1012 N 4) 3.6 1012 N
intensity of the electric field at origin is
6. A charge q is placed at the centre of the line
joining two equal charges Q. The system of q q q q
three charges will be in equilibrium if q is equal 1) 3 2) 6 3) 2 4) 4
0 0 0 0
to 14. A uniformly charged thin spherical shell of
Q Q Q Q radius R carries uniform surface charge
1)  2)  3)  4) density of  per unit area. It is made of two
2 4 4 2
7. Three charges -q, +q and -q are placed at the hemispherical shells, held together by pressing
corners of an equilateral triangle of side ‘a’. them with force F.F is proportional to
The resultant electric force on a charge +q 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
placed at the centroid O of the triangle is 1)   R 2)   R 3) 4)
o o o R o R 2
3q 2 q2 q2 3q 2 ELECTRIC POTENTIAL AND
1) 2) 3) 4)
4 0 a 2 4 0 a 2 2 0 a 2 2 0 a 2 POTENTIAL ENERGY
8. A charge of 2C is placed at x=0 and a 15. The p.d. between two plates separated by a
charge of 32C at x=60 cm. A third charge – distance of 1 mm is 100 V. The force on an
electron placed in between the plates is
Q be placed on the x-axis such that it
experiences no force. The distance of the 1) 105 N 2) 1.6  1024 N
point from 2C is(in cm) 3) 1.6  1014 N 4) 1.6  1019 N
1) -20 2) 20 3) 15 4) 10

36 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
16. An infinite number of charges each equal to 1) 2.5  10 19 J 2) 2  10 19 J
'q' are placed along the X-axis at x = 1, x = 2,
3) 4  10 19 J 4) 2  10 16 J
x = 4, x = 8 ..... The potential at the point x = 0
due to this set of charges is 24. The dipole moment of the given system is
2q
Q 2Q 3Q Q
1) 4  2) 4  3) 4  4)  
o o o o l l
17. A, B, C are three points on a circle of radius 1
cm. These points form the corners of an
q q
equilateral triangle. A charge 2C is placed at
the centre of the circle. The work done in 1) 3ql along perpendicular bisector of q - q line
carrying a charge of 0.1 C from A to B is 2) 2 ql along perpendicular bisector of q - q line
1) Zero 2) 18 1011 J 3) 1.8 1011 J 4) 54 1011 J 3) ql 2 along perpendicular bisector of q - q line
18. Charges +q, -4q and +2q are arranged at the 4) 0
corners of an equilateral triangle of side 0.15m. LEVEL - I ( C.W ) KEY
If q=1  C, their mutual potential energy is 1)2 2) 2 3) 4 4) 3 5) 1 6) 2
1) 0.4J 2) 0.5J 3) 0.6J 4) 0. 8J 7) 3 8) 1 9)2 10) 3 11) 4 12) 2
19. An electron of mass ‘M’ kg and charge ‘e’ 13) 1 14) 1 15) 3 16) 2 17) 1 18) 3
coulomb travels from rest through a potential 19) 3 20) 3 21) 2 22)1 23) 2 24) 1
difference of ‘V’ volt. The final velocity of the
electron is (in m/s) LEVEL - I ( C.W ) HINTS
2eV 2MV 2eV 2MV 1. Q  ne n is integer 2. Q  ne n is integer
1) 2) 3) 4) 1 qq
M e M e F
4. F  4 r 2
1 2
3. F| 
20. A charge ‘Q’ is placed at each corner of a cube K 0

of side ‘a’. The potential at the centre of the 1  q1  q 2 

2

cube is (2008 M) 5. F 
4 0 4d 2
8Q 4Q 4Q 2Q 1 QQ 1 qQ
1)  a 2) 4 a 3) 4)  a  0
0 0 3 0 a 0 6. 40 l2 4  0  l  2
 2 
21. A uniform electric field pointing in positive x-
direction exists in a region let A be the orgin B d
1 q1q2 x
be the point on the x-axis at x = +1 cm and C 7. F 8. q2
4 0 r 2 1
be the point on the Y axis at y = +1cm. Then q1
the potentials at the points A, B and C satisfy 
1 q1 1 q2 1 Q
1) VA < VB 2) VA > VB 3) VA < VC 4) VA > VC. 9. E  4 x 2  4 x 2 10. E  40 r 3
r
22. The electric field at the origin is along the +ve 0 1 0 2

x-axis. A small circle is drawn with the centre 1 qE 2

11. qE  mg tan  12. s t
at the origin cutting the axes at the points A, 2 m
B, C and D having coordinates (a, 0), (0, a), q 1 1 1 
(-a, 0), (0, -a) respectively. Out of points on 13. E  4   2  2  2        
the periphery of the circle, the potential is 0 1 2 4 
minimum at  2
 2
B (0,a)
14. Pressure  and Force =  R 2
2 o 2 o
1) A 2)B
E
A (a, 0) Vq
C ( a, 0) 15. F  Eq =
D (0, a) d
3)C 4)D Q 1 1 1 1 
DIPOLE 16. V  4   1  2  4  8     
0  
23. An electric dipole is along a uniform electric 17. Equipotential surface
field. If it is deflected by 600, work done by an
 
agent is 2  10 19 J. Then the work done by an 18. U  1  q1q2  q2 q3  q1q3 
agent if it is deflected by 300 further is 4 0  r1 r2 r3 

37 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

1 2 1 q 8. Two electric charges of 109 C and 109 C

19. mv  eV 20. V  4 d are placed at the corners A and B of an
2 0
equilateral triangle ABC side 5cm.The electric
21. Along the field direction potential decreases.
  intensity at C is
22. V   E d r 23. W1  pE 1  cos   and 1)1800N/C 2)3600 N/C 3)900N/C 4)2700 N/C
ELECTRIC POTENTIAL AND
W2  pE  cos 1  cos  2  POTENTIAL ENERGY
24. p1  lq  p2 and PR  3ql 9. If 41020 eV is required to move a charge of 0.25
coulomb between two points, the potential
difference between these two points is
LEVEL - I ( H. W )
1
1) 256 volt2) volt
COULOMB’S LAW 256
1. A charge Q is divided into two parts q1 and q2 3) 256 1019 volt 4) 250 volt
such that they experience maximum force of 10. Two electric charges of 9  C and - 3 C aree
repulsion when separated by certain distance. placed 0.16m apart in air. There are two points
The ratio of Q, q1 and q2 is A and B on the line joining the two charges at
1) 1 : 1 : 2 2) 1 : 2 : 2 3) 2 : 2 : 1 4) 2 : 1 : 1 distances of (i) 0.04m from - 3 C and in
2. 
Two charges each 1c are at P 2i  3 j  k m 
between the charges and (ii) 0.08m from -
3 C and out side the two charges. The
 
and Q i  j  k m . Then the force between
potentials at A and B are
1) 0V, 5V 2) 0V, 0V 3) 5V, 0V 4) 5V, 10V
them is _____ 11. Four charges 3C ,  1C ,  5 C and 7 C
1) 100N 2) 10N 3) 10 4 dyne 4) 100 dyne are arranged on the circumference of a circle
3. Two charges of 200  C and 200  C aree of radius 0.5 m. The potential at the centre is
placed at the corners B and C of an equilateral 1) Zero 2) 18 104 V
triangle ABC of side 0.1 m. The force on a 3) 18 10 V
4 4) 288 103V
charge of 5 C placed A is 12. A positive point charge ‘q’ is carried from a
point ‘B’ to a point ‘A’ in the electric field of a
1) 1800 N 2) 1200 3N 3) 600 3N 4) 900N point charge +Q. If the permittivity of free
4. Two equally charged pith balls 3 cm apart repel space is 0 , the work done in the process is
each other with a force of 4  105 newton. The given by
charge on each ball is +Q A B
2 9 2 a
1) 2 109 C 2) 2 109 C 3)  10 C 4)  10 C
9

3 3
b
ELECTRIC FIELD qQ  1 1  qQ  1 1
5. An electron  mass  9.1 10 31 kg  is sent into an 1) 4   a  b 
2) 4   a  b 
0   0  
electric field of intensity qQ  1 1  qQ  1 1 
9.1 106 newton/coulomb. The acceleration 3) 4   a 2  b 2 
4) 4   a 2  b 2 
0  
0  
produced is 13. An electric cell does 5 joules of work in carrying
1) 1.6 10 m s 2
18
2) 1.6  10 m s 2
6
10 Coulomb’s of charge around a closed
circuit. The emf of the cell is
3) 1.6  10 m s 2 4) 1.6 10 m s 2
18 6
1) 2V 2) 0.5V 3) 4V 4) 1V
6. The electric field at (30, 30) cm due to a charge 14. Two positive charges 12 C and 10 C aree
of -8 nC at the origin in NC-1 is initially separated by 10cm. The work done in

1) 400 i  j  2) 400 i  j   bringing the two charges 4cm closer is
1) 7.2J 2) 3.6J 3) 8.4J 4) 12.4J
3) 200 2 i  j  
4) 200 2 i  j  
15. An insulated charged conducting sphere of
radius 5 cms has a potential of 10V at the
7. Two charges of 10  C and -90  C aree surface. What is the potential at centre?
separated by a distance of 24 cm. Electrostatic 1) 10V 2) zero
field strength from the smaller charge is zero 3) same as that at 5 cms from the surface
at a distance of 4) same as that at 25 cms from the surface
1) 12 cm 2) 24 cm 3) 36 cm 4) 48 cm
38 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
16. A positive charge 'Q' is fixed at a point.A 
21. An electric dipole of moment p is placed
negatively charged particle of mass 'm' and
normal to the lines of force of electric intensity
charge 'q' is revolving in a circular path of 
radius 'r1' with 'Q' as the centre. The work to E , then the work done in deflecting it through
be done to change the radius of the circular an angle of 1800 is
path from r1 to r2 in Joules is 1) pE 2) 2 pE 3) 2 pE 4) zero
Qq 1 1
1) 0 2)    LEVEL-I ( H. W ) KEY
4 o  r1 r2  1) 4 2) 4 3) 4 4) 2 5) 1 6) 3 7) 1
1 Qq  1 1  Qq  1 1  8) 2 9) 1 10) 2 11) 1 12) 1 13) 2 14) 4
3)    4)    15) 1 16) 2 17) 3 18) 2 19)2 20) 4 21) 4
4 o 4 o  r1 r2  4 o  r2 r1 
LEVEL-I ( H. W ) HINTS
17. Figure bellow shows a square array of charged
particles, with distance d between adjacenet 1 qq
2. F  4 r 2
1 2
1. F q1q2
particle. What is the electric potential at point 0

P at the centre of the square if the electric 1 q1q2

3. F1  F2 
potential is zero at infinity ? 4 0 r 2 ; Fr  F1  F2 because angle
4q 2q q between then is1200
1 q2 eE
4. F 5. a 
- 2q 4 0 d 2 m
1) Zero 2) q
4 0 d P q
d
- 4q q
 1 Q x 1 Q
3) 4) . 6. E  4 3 r 7. q2
1 8. E  4 a2
4 0 d 4 0 d q 2q q 0 r q1 0

18. The radii of two charged metal spheres are

5cm and 10cm both having the same charge 1  q1  q2 
9. W  qV 10. V    
60mC. If they are connected by a wire 4 0  r1 r2 
1) A charge of 20mC flows through the wire from 1 Q q1q2  1 1 
larger to smaller sphere 11. V  4  r 12. W    
4 0  r1 r2 
2) A charge of 20mC flows through the wire from 0

smaller to larger sphere W 1 1 

q1q2
3) A charge of 40mC flows through the wire from 13. em f  14. W    
smaller to larger sphere q 4 0
 r1 r2 
4) No charge flows through the wire because both 1 Q q1q2  1 1 
spheres have same charge. 15. V  4 R 16. W    
0 4 0  r1 r2 
19. The electric potential at a point (x, 0, 0) is
1 Q
given by V = 
1000 1500 500 
 2  3  then the 17. V  4 r 18. V=constant and QR
0
 x x x 
dV
electric field at x = 1 m is (in volt/m) 19. E  20. U   p.E 21. W1  pE 1  cos  
dx
1) 5500iˆ 2) 5500iˆ 3) 5500iˆ 4) zero
DIPOLE LEVEL-II (C.W)
20. An electric dipole of moment p is placed in
COULOMB’S LAW
the position of stable equilibrium in uniform
electric field of intensity E. It is rotated 1. Two charges when kept at a distance of 1m
apart in vacuum hava some force of repulsion.
through an angle  from the intial position. If the force of repulsion between these two
The potential energy of electric dipole in the charges be same, when placed in an oil of
position is dielectric constant 4, the distance of
1) pE cos  2) pE sin  separation is
1) 0.25m 2) 0.4m 3) 0.5m 4) 0.6m
3) pE 1  cos   4)  pE cos 

39 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
2. The excess (equal in number) number of 9. Two identical particles of charge q each are
electrons that must be placed on each of two connected by a massless spring of force
small spheres spaced 3 cm apart with force of constant k. They are placed over a smooth
repulsion between the spheres to be 10 N 19 horizontal surface.They are released when
unstretched. If maximum extension of the
is spring is r, the value of k is : (neglect
1) 25 2) 225 3) 625 4) 1250 gravitational effect)
3. Two small conducting spheres each of mass
q 1 1 q2 1
9  10 4 kg are suspended from the same point 1) k  r  r 2) k  4 l 2  r
by non conducting strings of length 100 cm. 0 0

They are given equal and similar charges until 2 q 1 q 2

3) k  r  r 4) k  r  r
the strings are equally inclined at 450 each to 0 0

the vertical. The charge on each sphere is ..... ELECTRIC FIELD

coulomb 10. In the figure shown, the electric field intensity
6
1) 1.4 10 2) 1.6 10 3) 2 10 4) 1.96 10
6 6 6 at r  1m, r  6 m, r  9m in Vm 1 is
V
4. Two point charges of magnitude 4  C and -9
 C are 0.5m apart. The electric intensity is
zero at a distance ‘x’ m from ‘ A’ and ‘y’ m 1)-5, -1.67, +5 2) -5, 0, +5
from ‘B’. ‘x’ and ‘y’ are respectively 10V
p 4mc  9mc
3) 0,1.67,0 4) +5, 1.67, -5 0 2 r (m)
8 10
0.5m 11. Point charges of 3  10 9 C are situated at
A B each of three corners of a square whose side
1) 0.5m, 1.0m 2) 1.0m, 1.5m is 15 cm. The magnitude and direction of
3) 2.0m, 1.5m 4) 1.5m, 2.0m electric field at the vacant corner of the square
5. A charge +q is fixed to each of three corners is
of a square. On the empty corner a charge Q 1) 2296 V/m along the diagonal
is placed such that there is no net electrostatic 2) 9622 V/m along the diagonal
force acting on the diagonally opposite charge. 3) 22.0 V/m along the diagonal 4) zero
Then 12. A large flat metal surface has uniform charge
1) Q  2q 2) Q  2 2q density  . An electron of mass m and charge
e leaves the surface at an angle at point A
3) Q   2q 4) Q  4q with speed v , and return to it at point B. The
6. Electrical force between two point charges is maximum value of AB is ____
200N. If we increase 10% charge on one of vm 0 v 2 m 0 v 2e v 2 e
the charges and decrease 10% charge on the 1) 2) 3)   m 4)  m
e e 0 0
other, then electrical force between them for 13. ‘n’ charges Q, 4Q, 9Q, 16Q ..... are placed at
the same distance becomes distances of 1, 2, 3 ..... metre from a point ‘0’
1) 198 N 2) 100 N 3) 200 N 4) 99 N on the same straight line. The electric
7. N fundamental charges each of charge ‘q’ are intensity at ‘0’ is
to be distributed as two point charges seperated Q Q nQ
by a fixed distance, then the maximum to 1) 4  n 2 2) 4  n 3) Infinity 4) 4 
0 0 0
minimum force bears a ratio (N is even and
greater than 2) 14. Two point charges q 1  2  C and q 2  1  C aree
placed at distances b=1 cm and a=2 cm from
N  12 4N 2 N2 2N 2 the origin on the y and x axes as shown in
1) 2) 3) 4)
4N 2
 N  1  4 N  1  N  1  figure. The electric field vector at point (a, b)
will subtend an angle  with the x - axis given
8. A particle A having a charge of 2  106 C and y
by
a mass of 100g is placed at the bottom of a
smooth inclined plane of inclination 300. The q 1 P (a, b)

distance of another particle of same mass and 1) tan   1 2) tan   2

charge, be placed on the incline so that it may b

remain in equilibrium is 3) tan   3 4) tan   4

1) 27 cm 2) 16 cm 3) 30 cm 4) 45 cm O a q 2
x

40 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
15. A non-conducting ring of radius 0.5 m carries 22. Figure shows three circular arcs, each of radius
of total charge of 1.11x10-10c distributed non- R and total charge as indicated. The net
uniformly on its circumference producing an electric pontential at the centre of the
electric field E everywhere in space. The value curvature is
l  0  
Q Q 2Q Q
of the integral 
l 
 E.dl (l=0 being 1) 2 R 2) 4 R 3)  R
o o o
4)  R
o

centre of the ring) in volts is 23. Two identical conducting very large plates
1) +2 2) -1 3) -2 4) zero P1 and P2 having charges 4Q and  6Q are
ELECTRIC POTENTIALAND placed very closed to each other at separation
POTENTIAL ENERGY d. The plate area of either face of the plate is
16. Three charges +q, -q and -q are kept at the A. The potential difference between plates
vertices of an equilaterial triangle of 10cm side. P1 and P2 is
The potential at the mid point in between -q, -
Qd Qd
q, if q = 5  C is 1) VP1  VP2  A 2) VP1  VP2  A
1) 6.4  105V 2) 12.8  10 4 V o o

3) 6.4  10 4 V 4) 12.8 105 V 5Qd 5Qd

3) VP1  VP2  A 4) VP1  VP2  A
17. Two charges each ‘Q’ are released when the o o
distance between is ‘d’. Then the velocity of DIPOLE
each charge of mass ‘m’ each when the distance
24. An electric dipole consists of two opposite
between them is ‘2d’ is
charges of magnitude 1 C separated by a
Q Q Q Q
1) 8 dm 2) 4 dm 3) 4  dm 4) 2 dm distance of 2cm. The dipole is placed in an
0 0 0 0
electric filed 105 Vm 1 . The maximum torque
18. An oil drop carrying charge ‘Q’ is held in
that the field exert on the dipole is
equilibrium by a potential difference of 600V
between the horizontal plates. In order to hold 1) 103 Nm 2) 2 10 13 Nm
another drop of twice the radius in equilibrium 3) 3  10 3 Nm 4) 4  10 3 Nm
a potential drop of 1600V had to be maintained. 25. An electric dipole is formed two particles fixed
The charge on the second drop is at the ends of a light rigid rad of length l. The
Q 3Q mass of each particle is m and charges are -q
1) 2) 2Q 3) 4) 3Q
2 2 and +q The system is suspended by a
19. A body of mass one gram and carrying a charge torsionless thread in an electric field of
8
10 C passes through two points P and Q. The intensity E such that the dipole axis is parallel
electrostatic potential at Q is OV. The velocity to the field if it is slightly displaced, the period
of the body at Q is 0.2ms 1 and at P is of angular motion is
1 2 qE ml ml 1 ml
0.028ms 1 . The potential at P is 1) 2) 2 qE 3) 2 2qE 4) 2 4qE
2 ml
1) 150V 2) 300V 3) 600V 4) 900V
26. Two point charges - q and +q are located at
20. Three charges each 20  C are placed at the points (0,0,-a) and (0,0,a) respectively. The
corners of an equilateral triangle of side 0.4m .
The potential energy of the system is electric potential at point (0,0,z) is  z  a 
1) 18  10 6 J 2) 9J 3) 9 10 6 J 4) 27J +Q

21. An electric field is expressed as E  2i  3j . 45 0

The potential difference  VA  VB  between

0
30
qa q  2Q
two points A and B whose positions vectors are 1) 4 0 z 2 2) 4 0 a R

given by rA  i  2j and rB  2i  j  3k is 2 qa 2qa  3Q

1) -1 V 2) 1 V 3) 2 V 4) 3 V
 
3) 4 z  a 4) 4 z 2  a 2
0
2 2
0  
41 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
27. Two equal charges ‘q’ of opposite sign are e
separated by a small distance ‘2a’. The electric Force on electron = eE = 
intensity ‘E’ at a point on the perpendicular 0

bisector of the line joining the two charges at e

a very large distance ‘r’ from the line is Acceleration of electron a = m 
+ 4Q + 4Q 0
It will act as projectile with max range
u2 u2
1 qa =   m 0
1 2qa P1 P2 a e
1) 4 r 2 2) 4 r 3
0 0
1 Q Q Q 
13. E  4  .  x 2  x 2  ....  x 2 
1 2 n

1 2qa 1 qa o  1 2 n 
3) 4 r 2 4) 4 r 3 d
0 0 E2
LEVEL - II ( C.W ) KEY 14. Tan  E
1
1) 3 2) 3 3) 1 4) 2 5) 2 6) 1 7) 3 t 0  
q
8) 1 9) 2
15) 1 16) 4
10) 2
17) 1
11) 1
18) 4
12) 2
19) 3
13) 4 14)1
20) 4 21)1
15. Vo  K , V  0 ;
R

t 
 E.dl  Vo  V

22) 1 23) 2 24) 2 25) 3 26) 3 27) 2 1  q 

LEVEL - II ( C. W ) HINTS 16. V  V1  V2  V3 ; V1  V2  4 a / 2
0  
1. t1 
t
V3 
1 q
k 4 0  3a 
q1 q2
1  
2. F
4 0 r 2 and q = ne  2 
3
1 q1q2 V1  R1  Q2
3. F = w tan  where F  4 r 2 17. gain in K.E = loss in P.E 18. V   R  . Q
0 2  2 1

4. Distance of null point x  d 1

Q2 19. m vQ2  v 2p   q VP  VQ 
1 2
Q1
1  q1q2 q2 q3 q3 q1 
+ve for like charges -ve for unlike charges 20. U     
4 0  r12 r23 r13 
1 q2 1 Qq
2 2 0
  2 
1
5. 4 0 a 4 0 2a
2

21. VB  VA     2 dx   3dy 
1 q1q2 110 90 1 2 
6. F q11  q1 and q12  q2
4 0 r 2 ; 100 100 22. V  V1  V2  V3

  Q
2
N
Fmax 2 q2 23. VP1  VP2   A / d
7.  8. mg sin   1
F min  N  1 1 4 0 o
r2
24.  max  pE  2aqE
dV
9. FC  kx 10. E   25.   PE sin  ;   I ; I   PE sin 
dr
ml 2

11. E  E 2  1/ 2 E  1 q2 
4 0 r
I = moment of inertia =
2
r = length of the side I
 Time period  2
 pE
12. Field near metal surface E= 
0 26. The distance of point P from charge +q is r1  z  a
and from charge -q is r2  z  a

42 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
Potential at P is 6. Three point charges +q, +q and –q are placed
at the corners of an equilateral triangle of side
1 q q 1 2qa 'a'. Another charge +Q is kept at the centroid.
  

4 0  r1 r2  4 0 z  a 2
2
 Force exerted on Q is:
1 2qQ 1 6qQ
27. Similar to B on equitorial line of a short bar magnet 1) 4 2) 4
2 2
o a o a
LEVEL - II ( H. W ) 1 8qQ 1 14qQ
3) 4 2 4) 4 2
COULOMB’S LAW o a o a
1. Two equally charged identical metal spheres 7. Three charges q1 ,  q 2 and  q 3 are placed as
A and B repel each other with a force F. shown in fig. The X-component of the force on
Another identical uncharged sphere C is q1 is proportional to Y
touched to A and then placed midway between
A and B. The net force on C is in the direction q3

1) F towards A 2) F towards B
q 2 q3 q q
3) 2F towards A 4) 2F towards B 1) 2
 2 cos  2) 22  23 sin  a 
b a b a
2. Two unlike charges seperated by a distance q1
q2 q2 q2 q2 q1 b X
of 1m attract each other with a force of 3) 2  2 cos  4) 2  2 sin 
0.108N . If the charges are in the ratio b a b a
ELECTRIC FIELD
1: 3 ,the weak charge is 8. The breakdown electric intensity for air is
1) 2  C 2) 4  C 3) 6  C 4) 5 C 3  106 V/m. The maximum charge that can be
3. Three charges each equal to 109 C are held by a sphere of radius 1 mm is
placed at the corners of an equilateral triangle 1) 0.33 C 2) 0.33 nC 3) 3.3 C 4) 3.3 C
of side 1m. The force on one of the charges is 9. There is a uniform electric field of strength
103V / m along y-axis. A body of mass 1 g and
1) 9  10 9 N 2) 9 3 109 N charge 106 C is projected into the field from
3) 27  10 9 N 4) 18  10 9 N origin along the positive x-axis with a velocity
10 m/s. Its speed in m/s after 10s is (neglect
4. Two particles each of mass ' m ' and carrying gravitation)
charge ' Q ' are seperated by some distance.If 1) 10 2) 5 2 3) 10 2 4) 20
they are in equilibrium under mutual 10. The point charges 1C , 1C and 1C are
gravitational and electro static forces, then placed at the vertices A, B and C of an
Q / m (in c/Kg) is of the order of equilateral triangle of side 1m. Then
(A) The force acting on the charge at A is
1) 105 2) 10 10 3) 10 15 4) 10 20
9  109 N
5. There point charges + q, – q and + q are (B) The electric field strength at A is
placed at the vertices P, Q and R of an
equilateral triangle as shown. If 9  109 NC 1
1) A is correct but B is wrong
1 q2 2) B is correct but A is wrong
F , where 'r' is the side of the 3) Both A and B are wrong
40 r 2 4) Both A and B are correct
triangle, the force on charge at 'P' due to 11. A pendulum bob of mass m carrying a charge
charges at Q and R is Y q is at rest in a uniform horizontal electric field
of intensity E. The tension in the thread is
2
E
2) T      mg 
2
P X
1) T   Eq    mg 
2 2
1) F along positive x–direction q
2) F along negative x–direction E
2
m
2

3) 2 F along positive x–direction 3) T       4) T  mg  Eq

R
q g
4) 2 F along negative x–direction

43 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
ELECTRIC POTENTIALAND DIPOLE
POTENTIAL ENERGY 19. The self potential energy of hydrogen chloride
12. Four charges 108 ; 2 108 ; 3 108 and 2 108 whose dipole moment is 3.44  10 30 C - m and
coulomb are placed at the four corners of a separation between hydrogen and chlorine
square of side 1m the potential at the centre atoms is 1.01 1010 m is
of the square is
1) zero 2)360 volt 3) 180 volt 4) 360 2 volt 1) 1.036 1019 J 2) 3.2  105 J
13. Two metal spheres of radii R1 and R2 aree 3) 4.5  107 J 4) 1.65  106 J
charged to the same potential. The ratio of the LEVEL - II ( H. W ) KEY
charge on the two spheres is
1 R1 1)1 2) 1 3) 2 4) 2 5) 2 6) 2 7) 2 8) 2
1) 1 2) 3) R1  R2
4) R 9)3 10) 4 11) 1 12) 4 13) 4 14) 2 15) 2 16) 4
2 2
14. Two concentric, thin metallic spherical shells 17) 3 18) 2 19) 1
of radii R1 and R2  R1  R2  bear charges Q1 and LEVEL - II ( H .W ) HINTS
Q2 respectively. Then the potential at radius 1 q1 q2 1 qq
1. F 2. F  4 r 2
1 2

1 4 0 r 2 0
‘r’ between R1 and R2 will be 4  times
0 1 q2 1 q2
Q1  Q2 Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 3. F1  F2 
4 0 r 2
; FR  3. 4 r 2
1) 2) R  r3) R  R 4) R  R 0

r 1 1 2 2 2 4. 1 q2 Gm 2
15. An electric charge 10  C is placed at the
3 Fe  and Fg  2
4 0 r 2
r
origin (0, 0) of X-Y coordinate system. Two
5. F1  F2 and angle between them is 1200
points A and B are situated at 2, 2 and    1 q a
(2, 0) respecitvely. The potential difference 6. F  2 where r 
 4  0 r 2  3
between the points A and B will be:
1) 9 V 2) zero 3) 2 V 4) 4.5 V E
1 Q
. 2
16. A charge 2  C at the origin, 1 C at 7cm 8. 4 o d
and 1 C at 7cm are placed on X  axis. The Eq
mutual potential energy of the system is 9. v  u  at where a 
m
1) 0.051J 2) 0.045J 3) 0.045J 4) 0.064J 1 q1q2 1 q
17. Four equal charges Q are placed at the four 10. F . 2 ; E .
4 o r 4 o r 2
corners of a square of side ' a ' each. Work
done in removing a charge Q from its centre F  F1  F2 ; E  E1  E2
to infinity is 1 Q 1 Q
2Q 2 12. V
4  0
r 13. V  4 R
1) zero 2) 4 0 a
0
14. Potential is constant within the sphere and is
2Q 2 Q2 additive.
3)  0 a 4)
2 0 a
q 1 1 1 q1q2
18. The electrostatic potential V at any point 15. V     16. PE  4 . r
(x,y,z) in space is given by V  4 x 2 4 o  r1 r2  0

1) The y - and z - components of the electrostatic 17. Workdone = Electrostatic potential

field at any point are not zero energy at the centre of the square
2) The x - component of electric field intensity at  dV
18. E 
any point is given by  8 x i

 dx
3) The x - component of electric field intensity at a 19. p  2 qa  q  p  3.4 1  1 0  20
point (2, 0,2) is  8i  1 q2
2a

4) The y - and z - components of the field are  PE   1.036  10 19 J

4 0 2 a
constant in magnitude.
44 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
5. Two equal negative charges –q each are fixed
LEVEL - III at points (0, –a) and (0,a) on y-axis. A positive
charge Q is released from rest at the point (2a,
ELECTROSTATIC FORCE 0) on the x-axis. The charge Q will
1. A ball of mass m = 0.5 kg is suspended by a 1) execute simple harmonic motion about the origin
thread and a charge q = 0.1  C is supplied. 2) move to the origin and remain at rest
When a ball with diameter 5cm and a like 3) move to infinity
charge of same magnitude is brought close to 4) execute oscillatory but not simple harmonic
the first ball, but below it, the tension decreases motion
to 1/3 of its initial value. The distance between 6. In a liquid medium of dielectric constant K and
centres of the balls is of specific gravity 2, two identically charged
1) 0.12  10 2 m 2) 0.51  10 4 m spheres are suspended from a fixed point by
3) 0.2  10 5 m 4) 0.52  10 2 m threads of equal lengths. The angle between
2. Five point charges each +q, are placed on five them is 90º. In another medium of unknown
vertices of a regular hexagon of side L, The dielectric constant K1, and specific gravity 4,
magnitude of the force on a point charge of the angle between them becomes 120º. If
value – q placed at the centre of the hexagon density of material of spheres is 8 gm/cc then
(in newton) is K1 is :
K 3 3 K
3q2 q2 q2 1) 2) 3) K 4)
1)Zero 2) 3) 4) 2 K 2 3
4 0 L2 4 0 L2 4 3  0 L2
7. The force of attraction between two charges
3. Two small objects X and Y are permanently separated by certain distance in air is F1. If
separated by a distance 1 cm. Object X has a the space between the charges is completely
charge of + 1.0  C and object Y has a charge filled with dielectric of constant 4 the force
of - 1.0  C . A certain number of electrons becomes F2. If half of the distance between the
are removed from X and put onto Y to make charges is filled with same dielectric the force
the electrostatic force between the two objects between the charges is F3. Then F1 : F2 : F3 is
an attractive force whose magnitude is 360 N. 1) 16 : 9 : 4 2) 9 : 36 : 16
Number of electrons removed is 3) 4 : 1 : 2 4) 36 : 9 : 16
1) 8.4  1013 2) 6.25  1012 3) 4.2  1011 4) 3.5  1010 8. Two small spheres of masses, M 1 and M 2 aree
4. Two identical positive charges are fixed on the suspended by weightless insulating threads of
y-axis, at equal distance from the origin O, A
partical with a negative charge starts on the lengths L1 and L2 . the sphere carry charges
negative x-axis at a large distance from O, Q1 and Q2 respectively. The spheres aree
moves along the x-axis passed through O and suspended such that they are in level with
moves far away from O. Its acceleration a is another and the threads are inclined to the
taken as positive along its direction of motion.
The particle's acceleration a is plotted against vertical at angles of 1 and  2 as shown below,,
its x-co-ordinate. Which of the following best which one of the following conditions is
represents the plot? essential , if  1   2 .
a a
L1 L2
o
x x 1 2
1) O
2)

M1 M2
 Q1  Q2
a a
x 1) M 1  M 2 but Q1  Q2 2) M 1  M 2
O x O
3) 4) 3) Q1  Q2 4) L1  L2

45 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
ELECTRIC FIELD 15. Electric field on the axis of a small electric
 
9. If the electric field between the plates of a dipole at a distance r is E1 and E2 at a distance
cathode ray oscilloscope be 1.2 104 N / C , the of 2r on a line of perpendicular bisector. Then
deflection that an electron will experience if it    
1) E2  E1 / 8 2) E2  E1 /16
enters at right angles to the field with kinetic    
energy 2000 eV is (The deflection assembly is 3 ) E2  E1 / 4 4) E2  E1 / 8
1.5cm long.) 16. A particle having charge that on an electron
1) 0.34 cm2) 3.4 cm and mass 1.6 x 10–30 kg is projected with an
3) 0.034 mm 4) 0.34 mm initial speed 'u' to the horizontal from the lower
10. A electric field of 1.5  104 NC 1 exists plate of a parallel plate capacitor as shown.
between two parallel plates of length 2 cm. An The plates are sufficiently long and have
electron enters the region between the plates separation 2cm. Then the maximum value of
at right angles to the field with a kinetic energy velocity of particle not to hit the upper plate.
(E=103 V/m upwards).
of Ek  2000eV . The deflection that the
electron experiences at the deflecting plates u 3
is
E = 10 V/m
1) 0.34 mm 2) 0.57 mm 3) 7.5 mm 4) 0.75 mm 45°
11. A bob of a simple pendulum of mass 40gm with 1)2 x 10 m/s
6
2) 4 x 106 m/s
a positive charge 4  10 C is oscillating with a
 6
3) 6 x 10 m/s
6
4) 3x 106 m/s
time period T1 .An electric field of intensity 17. An electric field is acting vertically upwards.
A small body of mass 1 gm and charge -1  C
3.6  104 N/C is applied vertically upwards.Now
is projected with a velocity 10 m/s at an angle
T2 450 with horizontal. Its horizontal range is 2m
the time period is T2 the value of T is (g =
1 then the intensity of electric field is :(g = 10 m/
10m/s2) s 2)
1)0.16 2) 0.64 3)1.25 4)0.8 1) 20,000 N/C 2) 10,000 N/C
12. A particle of mass m and charge q is placed 3) 40,000 N/C 4) 90,000 N/C
at rest in a uniform electric field E and then 18. A thin copper ring of radius ‘a’ is charged with
released. The kinetic energy attained by the q units of electricity. An electron is placed at
particle after moving a distance y is the centre of the copper ring. If the electron
1) qEy 2 2) qE 2 y 3) qEy 4) q 2 Ey is displaced a little, it will have frequency.
13. Four equipotential curves in an electric field 1 eq 1 q
are shown in the figure. A,B,C are three points 1) 2 4  ma3 2) 2 4  ema3
in the field.If electric intensity at A,B,C are 0 0

E A , EB , EC then eq q
3) 4  ma 4) 4  ema 3
0 0
C B A
19. A thin fixed ring of radius 1 metre has a
positive charge 1 105 C uniformly distributed
over it. A particle of mass 0.9gm and having a
120V 90V 60V 60V negative charge of 1 106 C is placed on the
1) E A  EB  EC 2) E A  EB  EC axis at a distance of 1 cm from the centre of
3) E A  EB  EC 4) E A  EB  EC the ring. Assuming that the oscillations have
14. A particle of mass 1Kg and carrying 0.01C is small amplitude, the time period of oscillations
at rest on an inclined plane of angle 300 with is
490 1) 0.23s 2) 0.39s 3) 0.49 s 4) 0.63s
horizontal when an electric field of NC 1 20. A sphere carrying charge 0.01 C is kept at
3
applied parllel to horizontal .The coefficient of rest without falling down, touching a wall by
friction is applying an electric field 100 N/C.If the
coeffcient of friction between the sphere and
1 3 3 the wall is 0.2 , the weight of the sphere is
1) 0.5 2) 3) 4)
3 2 7 1) 4N 2) 2 N 3) 20 N 4) 0.2 N

46 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
21. A particle of mass 1kg and carrying positive ELECTRIC POTENTIAL
charge 0.01 C is sliding down an inclined plane 25. Two thin rings each having a radius R are
of angle 300 with the horizontal. An electric placed at distance d apart with their axes
field E is applied to stop the particle. If the coinciding.The charges on the two rings are
coefficient of friction between the particle and +q, -q. The potential difference between the
rings
1
Q.R Q 1 1  Q 1 1 
the surface of the plane is , E must be 1) 2)    3)   
2 3 4 .d 0 2  R
2
0 R d 
2 2 4  R
0 R d 
2 2
E cos 
4)0
26. Two metal sphres A and B have their capacities
in th ratio 3:4. They are put in contact with
E each other and an amount of charge
E sin 
1)1260 V/m 2)245 V/m 7  10 6 C is given to the combination. Next, the
two spheres are separated and kept wide the
mg sin 
apart so that one has no electrical infuence on
490 the other. The potential due to the smaller
mg
3) 140 3 V/m 4) V/m sphere at a distance of 50m from it is
3  = 30 0

1) 540V 2) 270V 3) 1180V 4) zero

22. Two identical point charges are placed at a
27. A solid conducting sphere having a charge Q
separation of l . P is a point on the line joining is surrounded by an uncharged concentric
the charges, at a distance x from any one conducting spherical shell. The potential
charge. The field at P is E. E is plotted against difference between the surface of solid sphere
x for values of x from close to zero to slightly and the shell is V. The shell is now given a
less than l . Which of the following best charge –3Q. The new potential difference
represents the resulting curve? between the same surfaces will be 1) –
2V 2) 4V 3) V 4) 2V
1) 2)
28. A spherical charged conductor has surface
E E charge density  . The intensity of electric
O
field and potential on its surface are E and V.
O X l X l
Now radius of sphere is halved keeping the
charge density as constant. The new electric
field on the surface and potential at the centre
3) E 4) of the sphere are
E
O X
1) 4E, V 2) E, V/2 3) E, V 4) 2E, 4V
O X l
l 29. Two spherical conductors A and B of radii 1
mm and 2mm are seperated by a distance of 5
23. A particle of charge  q and mass m moves in cm and are uniformly charged. If the spheres
a circular orbit of radius r about a fixed charge are connected by a conducting wire then in the
Q . The relation between the radius of the equilibrium condition the ratio of electric fields
orbit r and the time period T is at surfaces of A and B is
Qq Qq 1) 4: 1 2) 1 : 2 3) 2 : 1 4) 1 : 4
1) r  16 2  m T 2) r  16 3  m T
3 3 2
30. A charge +q is fixed at each of the points
0 0
x=x0,x=3x0, x=5x0 . . . . .  on the x - axis and
Qq Qq a charge-q is fixed at each of the points
3) r  16 3  m T 4) r  16  m T
2 3 2 3

0 0 x  2 x0 , x  4 x0 , x  6 x0 ....... . Here x0 is a
24. A thin semicircular ring of radius ‘r’ has a positive constant. Take the electric potential
positive charge distributed uniformly over it. at a point due to a charge Q at a distance r
The net field E at the centre ‘O’ is (AIEEE Q
i from it to be 4  r . Then the potential at
2010) 0
the origin due to the above system of charges
q q is
1) 2 2  r 2 j 2) 4 2  r 2 j
0 0 O i q q log e  2 
q q 1) 0 2) 3)  4)
3)  4 2  r 2 j 4)  2 2  r 2 j 8 0 x0 log e  2  4 0 x0
0 0

47 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
31. A non – conducting ring of radius 0.5 m carries 37. There are three uncharged identical metallic
a total char ge of 1.11 x 10 –10 C distributed non spheres 1,2 and 3 each of radius r and are
– uniformly in its circumference producing an placed at the vertices of an equilateral triangle
electric field E everywhere in space. The value
l 0
of side d. A charged metallic sphere having
of the integral   Edl ( l = 0 being centre charge q of same radius r is touched to sphere
l 
of the ring) in volt is : 1, after some time it is taken to the location of
1) +2 2) –1 3) –2 4) zero sphere 2 and is touched to it, then it is taken
32. Some equipotential surfaces are shown in far away from spheres 1,2 and 3. After that
figure. The electric field strength is the sphere 3 is grounded, the charge on sphere
Y 3 is (neglect electrostatic induction by
10V 20V 30V
assuming d>> 2r)
0
30
1) 100 V/m along x-axis 3qr  qr  qr
1) Zero 2) 3) 4)
0
0 x cm
5cm 10cm 15cm 4d 2d 4d
2) 100 V/m along y-axis 38.

3) 400 V/m at an angle 1200 with x-axis

P (a , b, 0) E
400
4) V/m an angle 1200 with x-axis
3
33. A field of 100Vm–1 is directed at 300 to positve (0 , 0, 0)
Q (2a , 0, 0)
x - axis. Find VBA if OA = 2m and OB = 4m
R (a , b, 0)
B

O
300 A point charge q moves from point P to point S
A
along the path PQRS in a unifrom electric field

E pointing parallel to the positive direction
1) 100  3  2 V  
2) 100 2  3 V of the x-axis. The coordinates of the points P,
Q, R and S are (a,b,0), (2a,0,0), (a, –b, 0) and
3) 100  2  3  V 4) 200  2  3  V (0,0,0) respectively. The work done by the field
34. Here is a special parallelogram with adjacent in the above process is given by the expression
side lengths 2a and a and the one of the 1) qaE 2) –qaE
possible angles between them as 60°. Two
charges are to be kept across a diagonal only. 3) q ( a 2  b 2 ) E 4) 3qE a 2  b 2
The ratio of the minimum potential energy of
the system to the maximum potential energy 39. The potential at a point x (measured in  m)
is due to some charges situated on the x-axis is
1) 3 : 7 2) 3 : 7 3) 1 : 2 4) 1 : 4 20
35. Two concentric spherical conducting shells of given by V  x  2 volt. The electric field
x 4
radii R and 2R carry charges Q and 2Q
respectively. Change in electric potential on the E at x = 4  m is given by
outer shell when both are connected by a 5 V
  1) and in the positive x - direction
k  1  3 m
conducting wire is :    40 
3kQ kQ 2kQ 10 V
1) zero 2) 3) 4) 2) and in the negative x - direction
2R R R 9 m
36. The longer side of a rectangle is twice the length
of its shorter side. A charge q is kept at one 10 V
vertex. The maximum electric potential due to 3) and in the positive x-direction
that charge at any other vertex is V, then the 9 m
minimum electric potential at any other vertex 5 V
will be 4) and in the negative x-direction
3 m
1) 2V 2) 3 V 3) V / 5 4) 5 V

48 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
40. Two points char ges q1 and q2 (=q1/2) are placed 44. A dielectric slab of thickness d is inserted in a
at points A(0, 1) and B (1, 0) as shown in the parallel plate capacitor whose negative plate
figure. The electric field vector at point P(1, 1) is at x=0 and positive plate is at x=3d. The
makes an angle q with the x–axis, then the slab is equidistant from the plates. The
angle q is capacitor is given some charge. As one goes
y from 0 to 3d,
1) the magnitude of the electric field remains the
A same
1  1  1  1 
q P(1,1)
2) the direction of the electric field remains the same
1

1) tan   2) tan  
2 4 3) the electric potential increases continuously'
4) the electric potential increases at first, then
3) tan 1 1 4) tan  0 
1 B
O q
x
decreases and again increases.
2

41. Figure shows three spherical and equipotential 45. A solid sphere of radius R is charged
surfaces 1,2 and 3 round a point charge q. The uniformly. The electrostatic potential V is
potential difference V1–V2 = V2 – V3. If t1 and plotted as a function of distance r from the
t2 be the distance between them. Then centre of the sphere. Which of the following
best represents the resulting curve ?
3
2
1
q

1) t1=t2 2) t1>t2
t1
1) V 2) V
t2 R R
3) t1<t2 4) t1  t2 o o r
42. A half ring of radius ‘ r ’ has a linear charge
density  .The potential at the centre of the
half ring is 3) V 4) V
    R R
1) 4 2) 4 2 r 3) 4 r 4) 4 r 2 o o
0 0 0 0 r r
43. The distance between plates of a parallel plate POTENTIAL ENERGY
capacitor is 5d. The positively charged plate
q q
is at x=0 and negativily charged plates is at 46. Along the X-axis, three charges ,-q and
x=5d. Two slabs one of conducotor and the 2 2
other of a dielectric of same thickness d are are placed at x = 0, x =a and x =2a
inserted between the plates as shown in figre. respectively . The resultant electric potential
Potential (V) versus distance x graph will be at x =a+r(if a ,<<r) is ( 0 is the permittivity of
+q q
free space
CONDUCTOR

DIELECTRIC

qa qa 2
1) 4  r 2 2)
0 4 0 r 3
x
q (a 2 / 4) q
O
d 2d 3d 4d 5d

V V 3) 4) 4 0 r
4 0 r 3
47. An electron travelling from infinity with
1) 2) velocity ‘v’ into an electric field due to two
X X stationary electrons separated by a distance
O d 2d 3d 4d 5d O d 2d 3d 4d 5d of 2m. If it comes to rest when it reaches the
V V mid point of the line joining the stationary
electrons.The initial velocity ‘ v ‘ of the
electron is
3) 4) 1) 16m/s 2) 32m/s
O d 2d 3d 4d 5d
X
O d 2d 3d 4d 5d
X 3) 16 2m / s 4) 32 2m / s

49 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
48. Work performed when a point charge 2q 3q
(0,) (5,0) (12,0)
2  10 8 C is transformed from infinity to a point
at a distance of 1cm from the surface of the
ball with a radius of 1cm and a surface charge q
density  = 10 8 C / cm 2 (0,5)

1) 1.1 104 J 2) 11 10 4 J

q2 6q 2 18q 2 3q 2
3) 0.11 104 J 4) 113  10 4 J 1) 2) 3) 4)
49. A conducting sphere A of radius a, with a 4 o 4 o 91 4 o 91 4 o
charge Q, is placed concentrically inside a 52. An electron travelling from infinity with
conducting shell B of radius b. B is earthed. C velocity 'V' into an electric field due to two
is the common centre of A and B. stationary electrons seperated by a distance
of 2m. If it comes to rest when it reaches the
B
midpoint of the line joining the stationary
A
a
Q
electrons, the initial velocity 'V' of the
C
electron is (in m/sec)
b 1) 16 2) 32 3) 16 2 4) 32 2
53. A particle of mass m and charge q is projected
1) The field at a distance r from C, where a  r  b , 
vertically upwards. A uniform electric field E
Q is acted vertically downwards. The most
is k appropiate graph between potential energy
r2
2) The potential at a distance r from C, where U (gravitational plus electrostatic) and height
Q
h(<< radius of earth) is : (assume U to be zero
a  r  b , is k on surface of earth)
r2
U U
3) The potential difference between A and B is
4) The potential at a distance r from C, where
a  r  b , is 1) 2)
50. Given figure shows an arrangement of six fixed h h
charged particle. The net electrostatic force F
acting on charge +q at the origin due to other
U U
charges is
q +q
3) 4)
0
a 30 300 a h h
54. Three charged particles are initially in
A B C position 1. They are free to move and they
q O +q q +q
come in position 2 after some time. Let U1
a
and U2 be the electrostatic potential energies
2a 2a in position 1 and 2. Then :
6q 2 1) U1>U2 2) U2>U1 3) U1=U2 4) U 2  U1
1) 2) zero 55. Two identical thin rings, each of radius R,
4 0 a 2
are coaxially placed a distance r apart. If Q1
7q 2 q2  3  and Q2 are respectively the charges uniformly
3) 4) 2 
 3 spread on the two rings, the work done in
2 0 a 2
4 0 a  2 
moving a charge q from the centre of one ring
51. 2q and 3q are two charges separated by a to that of the orther is
  
distance 12 cm on x-axis. A third charge q is
placed at 5 cm on y-axis as shown in figure. 1) zero 2) q Q1  Q2  2 1 / 2 40 R
Find the change in potential energy of the
system if 3q is moved from initial position to a 3) q 2 Q1  Q2  / 40 R 
point on X-axis in circular path:
4) q Q1 / Q2   2 1  240 R 
50 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
56. The electric potential at a point (x, 0, 0) is given 61. Two opposite and equal charges
1000 1500 500  4 x10–8 coulomb when placed 2 x 10–2 cm away,
by V =   2  3  then the electric from a dipole. If this dipole is placed in an
 x x x 
external electric field 2
field at x = 1 m is (in volt/m) x 10 newton/coulomb, the value of maximum
–2

ˆ
1) 5500iˆ 2) 5500iˆ 3) 5500i 4) zero torque and the work done in rotating it through
1800 will be
57. Six charges are placed at the vertices of a
regular hexagon as shown in the figure. The 1) 32x10 4 Nm and 32x10 4 J
electric field on the line passing through point
O and perpendicular to the plane of the figure 2) 64x10 4 Nm and 64x10 4 J
at a distance of x (>> a) from O is
3) 64x10 4 Nm and 32x10 4 J
a
Q Q
4) 32x10 4 J and 64 x104 Nm

Q Q
62. An electric dipole is made up of two particles
having charges 1c , mass 1 kg and other
with charge 1c and mass 1 kg separated
Q Q
by distance 1m. It is in equilibrium in a uniform
Qa 2Qa 3Qa electric field of 20 x 103 V/m. If the dipole is
1)  x 3 2)  x 3 3) 4) zero deflected through angle 20, time taken by it to
0 0  0 x 3 come again in equilibrium is
DIPOLE 1) 2.5  s 2) 2.5 s 3) 5  s 4) 4 
58. A small electric dipole is placed at origin with 63. A point particle of mass M is attached to one
its dipole moment directed along positive x - end of a massless rigid non-conducting rod of
axis. The direction of electric field at point length L. Another point particle of the same

2, 2 2, 0 is  mass is attached to the other end of the rod.
The two particle carry charges + q and – q
1) along z - axis 2) along y - axis respectively. This arrangement is held in a
3) along negative y -axis 4) along negative z-axis region of a uniform electric field E such that
59. Two electric dipoles each of dipolemoment the rod makes a small angle  (say of about
0
p  6.2  10 C  m are placed with their axis
 30 5 ) with the field direction (see figure). The
along the same line and their centres at a expression for the minimum time needed for
the rod to become parallel to the field after it
distanced= 108 cm . The force of attraction
is set free.
between dipoles is
1) 2.1 1016 N 2) 2.1 1012 N A q

3) 2.1  10 10
N 4) 2.1  10 N 8

E
O
60. Two charges 3.2  1019 C and 3.2  1019 C q
B
placed 2.4 A0 apart form an electric dipole. It
is placed in a uniform electric field of intensity
 mL  mL
4 105 V / m the work done to rotate the 1) t  2) t 
2 2qE 2 qE
electric dipole from the equilibrium position by
1800 is  2mL  3mL
3) t  4) t 
1) 3 10 23
J 2) 6  10 23
J 2 qE 2 2qE

3) 12 10 23
J 4) Zero

51 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
LEVEL - III - KEY u 2 sin 2 
16. Maximum height 
1) 4 2) 3 3) 2 4) 2 5) 4 6) 4  EQ 
2 g  
7) 4 8) 2 9) 4 10) 4 11) 3 12) 3  m 
13) 3 14) 4 15) 2 16) 1 17) 3 18) 1 u 2 sin 2
19) 4 20) 4 21) 3 22) 4 23) 2 24) 4 17. Range  EQ
g
25) 2 26) 1 27) 3 28) 2 29) 3 30) 4 m
31) 1 32) 3 33) 1 34) 1 35) 1 36) 3 1 qx qx
37) 2 38) 2 39) 3 40) 1 41) 3 42) 1 E 
18. 4 0  a2  x2  3/2
4 0 a3
43) 2 44) 2 45) 3 46) 2 47) 2 48) 2
49) 1 50) 2 51) 3 52) 2 53) 1 54) 1
d 2x 1 qex
55) 2 56) 2 57) 1 58) 2 59) 4 60) 2 m 
61) 4 62) 1 63) 1 dt 2
4 0 a 3
So motion is S.H.M.
LEVEL - III - HINTS
1 qe
T
1 q1q2
 mg
2 
1. 4  o r 2
4 0 ma 3
1 Qq x m
2 ,3&5. F  4  
q1q2 19. F  4  R 3   kx and T  2
0 r d2 0 k
6. F  mgTan 20. mg   qE
1 q1q2 21. mg  sin    cos    qE sin   qE cos 
7. F  4  
d2 1 Qq 2
23. F  4 r 2  mr ;  
0 r 2
8. There are three forces acting on each sphere are 0 T
(i) tension (ii) weight(w) (iii) electrostatic force of
repulsion for sphere 1 q sin  / 2
24. E  4  r 2  / 2
In equailibirum, from figure 0

tan 1  F1 / M 1 g q sin  / 2
From sphere 2, in equilibirum from figure
E
2 2 0 r 2
j  
tan  2  F2 / M 2 g Q 1 1 
for F1  F2 25. V1  4  R  2 2 
0  R d 
F1 F2 Q1 1 
or 1   2 only for M g  M g V2    
1 2 4 0
 R R  d2
2

But, F1  F2 and then M 1  M 2 V  V1  V2
eEx2  r1  1 q1
9. Deflection y 
4 K 
where K is kinetic energy.. 26. q1    q ; V1 
 r1  r2  4 0 r
eE 2 27. Pd between the two spheres is independent of
10. y   K  K .E  charge on outer shell.
4k
 R
11. T = 2 g
l 28. E   and V  
0 0
eff

12. K.E =FS K.E = qEy Q V Q Q

29. V  K .  K.  K.
dV R 2 2R R
13. E   1 Q 
K.  K.
Q
dx
2  R  d d  2R
14. N =mg sin  + qE sin 
When the two conducting spheres are connected
mg sin  =  N  qE cos  by a conducting wire, charge will flow from one
2 kp kp sphere (having higher potential) to other (having
15. Eaxis  3 and Ebicector  lower potential) till both acquire the same potential.
r 2r 3

52 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

V
There fore, E  2 pq  1 1 
r    
4 0   d  l 3  d  l 3 
E1 r2 2  
    2 :1
E2 r1 1 1 2 1 q1q2
47. mv  4
q 1 1 1 1  2 0 r
30. V  4   x  2 x  3 x  4 x      48 . Potential at a distance 2cm from its centre
0  0 0 0 0 
Q 4 r 2 r 2  1
q  1 1 1  = 4  r  4  r '   r '  2   100
= 1       
4 0 x0  2 3 4 
0 0 0 0

since r=1 cm and r =2 cm

'
q
 log  2  
4 0 x0 PD b/w the two points is equal to 200 
  0
31. V    E.dr 
dV work done =VQ= 200 X 2108 = 11104 J
32. E   49. field concept
0

dx
 
33. V   E .r 50. concept of force
34. long and short diagonal lengths are 1 q1q2
51. U  U f Ui and U  4 r
p 2  q 2  2 pq cos  0
2
1 e
1 3Q 52. ui  0 , uf  2  4 .  d / 2 
35. V  4 2 R 0
0
36. If the charges is kept at ‘A’ then maximum and 1
PE  KE  mv 2 calculate ‘ v ‘
minimum potentials at D and C respectively 2
37. commen potential 53. conceptual.
  54. Particles moves in a direction where potential energy
38. w = Fs ; W =q E.S of the system decreased.
dv Q1 Q2
39. E  
dx 55. V1  4  R  4  2 R
0 0
1 1 Q Q
41. V1  V2  kq  r  r  1 2
and V2  4 2 R  4  R
1 2
0 0
V1  V2  r1r2 W1 2  q V2  V1 
r2  r1 
kq
; but r2  r1   t
dV
 tr1r2 56. E  
dx
if P.D is constant then  r2  r1   t 57. concept of field
42. potential due to small element ‘ p ’ at the centre 58. Use vector representation
 1  59. Force of interaction
v   dv   k
4 0 r 
dl  dl
dl
r 2 pq  1 1 
dv  K . ; 1      
r  r  4 0   d  l 3  d  l 3 
4 0 r 4 0  
dv 60. W  PE2  PE1  2 PE  2  2qdE
43. E   E inside the conductor is zero. 61.   pESin
dx
44. The direction of E is constant. I
1 Q 62. T  2
pE
45. V  4 r
0
I
46. Force of interaction 63. T  2
pE

53 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

GAUSS LAW
Electric flux:
It is the measure of total number of electric lines of
force crossing normally the given area.
 The total flux passes through the given surface is + -
  +Q -Q
given by   E. A
E
n E
Q
a) Flux from surface S1  
 0
b) Flux from surface S 2   Q
0
   EA cos  c) Flux from S3 = flux from surface S4 = 0
Applications of Gauss Law :
where  is the angle made by the normal with the i) If a dipole is enclosed by a surface
electric field.
For a closed body outward flux is taken to be
positive while inward flux is taken to be -Q +Q  Qenc  0    0
negative.
E
ii) The net charge Qenc is the algebraic sum of the
A
1 A 2 enclosed positive and negative charges. If Qenc is
positive then the net flux is outwards. If Qenc is
A 3 negative then the net flux is inwards.

a) Flux through A1 : negative 1

b) Flux through A2 : positive  (Q1  Q2  Q3 )
0
c) Flux through A3 : 0
GAUSS LAW iii) If a closed body (not enclosing any charge) is
i) According to this law, the total flux linked with a placed in an electric field (either uniform or non
closed surface called Gaussian surface is (1/  0 ) - uniform) total flux linked with it will be zero
Y
times the net charge enclosed by the closed surface. E

ii) Alternatively, Gauss law can be stated as the surface

integral of electric field E over a closed surface is Sphere
X
equal to 1/ 0 times the charge (q) enclosed by that
a
a
Z
closed surface. (A) T = 0 (B) in = out = Ea2 r = 0
 q iv) If charge is kept at the centre of cube
i.e.,    E.dA  
0

q is the total charge enclosed by the Gaussian

surface. Q
iii) Coulomb’s law can be derived from Gauss law.

iv) The electric field E is the resultant field due to
all charges, both those inside and those outside
the Gaussian surface. 1 1
total  (Q) ;  face  (Q )
v) The electric field due to a charge outside the 0 6 0
Gaussian surface contributes zero net flux through v) If charge is kept at the centre of a face, first we
the surface, Because as many lines due to that should enclose the charge by assuming a
charge enter the surface as leave it. Gaussian surface (an identical imaginary cube)

54 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
over the sheet. Charge present per unit surface area
of the sheet be  . i.e surface charge density 
Q

ds
(a) (b) E
P
Total flux emerges from the system (Two cubes) dS

Q q  q
total  E E where  
0 2 A 0 ; 2 0 A
Flux from given cube (i.e., from left side 5 faces  E is independent of the distance of the point from
Q the charged sheet.
only) cube  2 Electric field intensity at a point due to a thick
0
vi) If a charge is kept at the corner of a cube infinite charged sheet [Conducting plate] :
‘q’ amount of charge be uniformly distributed over
the sheet. Charge present per unit surface area of
the sheet be  .
ds
(a) (b)
ds q 
E 
E
For enclosing the charge seven more cubes are E
A 0 0
dS
dS
required so total flux from the 8 cube system is P

Q Electric field at a point due to a thick charged

T  . sheet is twice that produced by the thin charged
0
sheet of same charge density.
Q APPLICATIONS OF GAUSS LAW
Flux from given cube cube  8 .
0  Electric field due to long uniformly charged
Flux from one face opposite to the charge, of the cylinder:
given cube
Q / 80 Q 
 face  
3 240 (Because only three faces
are seen). L r
Electric field at a point due to a line of
charge: A thin straight wire over which ‘q’
amount of charge be uniformly distributed. 
be the linear charge density i.e, charge present R
per unit length of the wire. Consider a long cylinder of radius R which is
+ + uniformly charged on its surface with charge
density  . We know that at the interior points of
a metal body electric field strength is zero. Let
q us find the electric field at a point and at a dis-
E  dS dE

2 0 rl E  2  r ds
tance r from the axis of the cylinder. Consider a
0 cylindrical Gaussian surface of radius r and
length L as shown in the figure.
+
From Gauss's law, we can write


+
1
 This implies electric field at a point due to a line E.ds  (qen )
charge is inversely proportional to the distance 0
of the point from the line charge. Here qenclosed  2RL
Electric field intensity at a point due to a thin Here electric flux through the circular faces is zero.
infinite charged sheet [Non conducting plate] So, from Gauss law
‘q’ amount of charge be uniformly distributed

55 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

2RL The variation of E with distance r from the axis is

 E.ds   2 RL
0 or E2 rL  
as shown in the graph.
E
0
Er
R
 E
1
E
0 r r

The variation of E with distance r from the axis

is as shown in the graph. r=R r
E ELECTRIC INTENSITY AND ELECTRIC
POTENTIAL DUE TO INFINITE PLANE
1
E
r
SHEET OF CHARGE (NONCONDUCTING):
If E is the magnitude of electric field at point P,
r=R r then electric flux crossing through the gaussian
 Electric field due to uniformly charged non- surface is given by
conducting cylinder: Consider a long cylinder
of radius R charged with volume charge density
 uniformly. Let us find electric field at a 
distance r from the axis of the cylinder. Consider Area = A
a cylindrical Gaussian surface of length L and E E

radius r as shown, Gaussian

 Plane sheet Surace
of charge
+ +

 = E x area of the end face (circular caps) of

L
the cylinder
r
or  = E x 2A ..........(i)
According to Gauss's theorem, we have
q

+ +

R 0

 E .ds 
qencl Here, the charge enclosed by the gaussian
0 ; where qencl  R L
2
surface, q   A
Here electric flux through the circular faces is A
zero.   ..........(ii)
Case (i): If r > R, then from Gauss's law 0
From equations (i) and (ii), we have
R2L
 E.ds  R 2 L
 E2rL   A or 
0 0 E  2A  E  nˆ
0 20
R 2  E  1 Where n̂ is unit vector normal to the plane and
or E  out
2 0 r r away from it.
R Thus, we find that the magnitude of the electric
Case (ii): If r = R, then E  field at a point due to an infinite plane sheet of
2 0
charge is independent of its distance from the
If r < R, qencl  r L
2 sheet of charge.
Case (iii):
Electric intensity due to two thin parallel

qencl
from Gauss law E.ds  charged sheets:
0 Two charged sheets A and B having uniform
r L 2
r charge densities  A and  B respectively..
E2 rL  (or) E   E in  r  In region I :
0 2 0
 1
In vector form E   r E  2   A   B 
2 0 0

56 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
 In region II: 1  .4 R 2  q 
B E   
A 4 0 r 2
 4 R 2 
 .R 2
EA
EA III. E
0 r 2
II. EB
 EB  When point ‘P’ lies on the shell (r =R) :
I.
B 
E
A r 0
1  When Point ‘P’ lies inside the shell (r <R):
EII  A B  E=0
20  The electric intensity at any point due to a charged
 In region III : conducting solid sphere is same as that of a charged
1 conducting sperical shell.
EIII  A B  Electric Potential (V) due to a Uniformly
20 Charged sphe-rical c onducting shell (Hollow
Electric field due to two oppositely sphere)
charged parallel thin sheets : P2
q P3
   r
R
EA EB  P1 
 EA  r
 
 
I II  III 
   When point  P3  lies outside the sphere  r  R  ,

 EB  1 q
EA the electric potential, V  4
EB 0 r

1  When point  P2  lies on the surface  r  R  ,

EI          0
2 0  1 q
V
1  4 0 R
EII  [    ] 
2 0 0  When point  P1  lies inside the surface  r  R  ,
1 1 q
EIII  (   )  0 V
2 0 4 0 R
Electric field due to a charged Spherical shell  Note: The electric potential at any point inside the
‘q’ amount of charge be uniformly distributed over sphere is same and is equal to that on the surface.
a spherical shell of radius ‘R’
q R
R
  Surface charge density,  
O
O
4 R 2
When point ‘P’ lies outside the shell (r>R): E Eout  12
r VS Vout  1
1 q Ein= 0
V 0
r
E  2 in

4 0 r O
r=R
O
r=R
 This is the same expression as obtained for (A) (B)
electric field at a point due to a point charge. Hence Note: The electric potential at any point due to a
a charged spherical shell behaves as a point charged conducting sphere is same as that of a
charge concentrated at the centre of it. charged conducting spherical shell

57 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-1: A particle that carries a charge ‘–q’ is Sol: A, electric flux,   E.ds
placed at rest in uniform electric field 10 N/ E 
C. It experiences a force and moves. In a   E ds cos    E ds cos 900  0
certain time ‘t’, it is observed to acquire a
Thus, the lines are parallel to the surface.
velocity 10 i  10 j m/s. The given electric field
inter sects a sur f ace of ar ea 1m 2 in the x–z W.E- 4 : A hollow cylinder has a chartge ‘q’ cou-
plane. Find the Electric flux through the lomb within it. If  is the electric flux in unit
surface. of V-m, associated with the curved surface B,
Sol: Force on charge F  qE the electirc flux linked with the plane sur-
face A in unit of V-m, will be
 particle moves opposite to E with V
i j
B
unit vector in the direction of V is 
2 2
C A
i j
unit vector in the direction of E is 
2 2
q
 i
E  10  
j  Sol: We have, total   A  B  c  
 ie. A  1  j 0
 2 2
Electric flux   E  A  5 2 Nm 2 / C 1 q 
q
2 '   
 '   
W.E-2: The electric field in a region is given by 0 2  0  
 x W.E-5: The adjacent diagram shows a charge +Q
E  E0 iˆ . Find the charge contained inside
L held on an insulating suppot S and enclosed
a cubical volume bounded by the surface x = by a hollow spherical conductor, O represents
0, x = L, y =0 , y = L, z = 0 and z = L. the centre of the spherical conductor and P is
 a point such that OP=x and SP=r. The elec-
Sol: At x = 0, E = 0 and at x = l, E  E 0 ˆi
tric field at point, P will be
The direction of the field is along the x-axis, so it
Charge + Q
will cross the yz-face of the cube. The flux of this
field r P
y
S x

E0 O

x
X=L
Sol: According to Gauss’s’ theorem,
z
Q Q Q
 E.ds   in0 ;  E.4 x   0 or E  4 0 x 2
2
  left face  right face ;  0  E0 L2  E 0 L2
q W.E-6: The electrostatic potential inside a
By Gauss's law,     q 0  0 E0 L2
0
charged spherical ball is given by   ar 2  b ,
W.E-3: A square surface of side lm in the plane
where, ‘r’ is the distance from the centre, a
of the paper. A uniform electric field E (V/m) and b are constants. Then the charge density
also in the plane of the paper, is limited only the ball is
to the lower half of the square surface, the
electric flus (in SI units) associated with the Sol: Here,   ar 2  b ; As   ar 2  b
surface is. q q
 E.ds 

0 ; 2ar.4 r 2   q  8 0a r3
0
E q

4 3 ;    6a
r 0
3

58 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
SOLID ANGLE
Solid angle is the three dimensional angle r x
subtended by the lateral surface of a cone O

at its vertex ds

Here  is the angle between ds and axis of the

cone.
solid angle 
RELATION BETWEEN SEMI- VERTEX
Let us calculate the solid angle subtended by a ANGLE OF A CONE AND SOLID
surface X at a point O. Join all the points of the ANGLE SUBSTENDED
periphery of the surface X to the point O by Consider a spherical surface of radius R. Let X
straight lines as shown. It gives a cone with be a surface on that sphere which substends a
vertex at O. semi vertex angle  ( in radian) at the centre of
S2 the sphere. Now consider an elemental strip of
r1 S1 this section of radius r = R sin  and angular width
O  x d  as shown. Then surface area of this strip is
r2 given by ds   2R sin   Rd .
The total area of spherical section can be
Fig. (b) obtained by integrating this elemental area from
By taking centre at O, we draw several 0 to  .
spherical sections on this cone of different radii Total area of spherical section is

as shown. Let the area of spherical section S   ds   2R2 sin  d
which is of radius r1 be s1 and the area of 0
section of radius r2 be s2. The ratios of area  2R   cos  0
2 
 2R2 1  cos  
of any surface intersected by cone to the
r
square of radius of that sphere is a constant
Rd
and it gives actually the solid angle  From

the figure, solid angle subtended by surface X

 d
s1 s2 R 
at the point O is given by    .
r12 r22 
Note: SI unit of solid angle is steradian and it is a O
dimensionless quantity.
If  is solid angle subtended by this section at
one steradian is the solid angle subtended
the centre O, then its area is given by S  R2
at the centre of the sphere by the surface of
(as discussed earlier) So, we can write
the sphere having area equal to square of
the radius of the sphere. R 2  2R 2 (1  cos ) and   2 1 cos  
Note : The solid angle substended by a hemispherical
The surface subtending solid angle need not be surface at its centre is given by
normal to the axis of the cone. For example
consider a surface X of area ds as shown. The 
  2 1  cos 90 0   2 steradians
axis of cone formed by the surface at O is not If = 1800 in the previous case, we get the solid
normal to the surface. In this cone solid angle angle substended by a closed surface
 subtended at point O can be given as
ds cos   
  2 1  cos180 0  4 steradians
 The total solid angle substanded by a closed
r2
surface is always 4 steradians, irrespective
of the size and shape of the closed surface.

59 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-7: A point charge q is placed at a distance d CAVITY IN THE CONDUCTOR
from the centre of a circular disc of radius R. We have discussed that there will be no electric
Find electric flux through the disc due to that field inside a charged conductor and all the charge
charge resides on its outer surface only. Suppose that
charged conductor has a cavity or cavities and there

q  R are no charges within the cavity or cavities, even
then charge resides on the outer surface of the
d conductor. There will be no charge on the walls of
Sol : We know that total flux originated from a point the cavity or cavities. This can be verfied very easily
q using Gauss's law by enclosing the cavity with a
charge q in all directions is  . This flux is Gaussian surface.
0
originated in a solid angle 4 . In the given case     
solid angle subtended by the cone subtended by  

the disc at the point charge is   2 1  cos   

cavity 
So, the flux of q which is passing through the 

surface of the disc is 
   

q  q
  1  cos   Fig.
 E.ds  0
0 4 2 0
d
For the dotted surface.
From the figure, cos   so  q = 0 inside cavity..
d2  R2
Consider a conductor with spherical cavity inside
q  d  it. There is no charge on the conductor. Now a
 1  
2 0  d 2  R 2  point charge +q is kept at the centre of the cavity.
W.E-8: Two point charges +Q1 and -Q2 are placed Due to this charge, a charge -q is induced on the
at A and B respectively. A line of force inner surface of cavity . The total flux originated by
emanates from Q1 at an angle  with the line +q will terminate on the cavity walls and no field
joining A and B. At what angle will it lines enter into the conductor body
terminate at B?

  -q
Q1   Q2 -q +q
A B
+q
Sol: We know that number of lines of force emerge P -q
is proportional to magnitude of the charge. The
field lines emanating from Q1, spread out equally
in all directions. The number of field lines or Fig. (a) Fig. (b)
flux through cone of half angle  is We can consider a Gaussian surface around the
Q1
cavity and prove that induced charge on the
2 1  cos   . Similarly the number of lines of cavity walls is -q. The reason is electric field
4
force terminating on -Q2 at an angle  is E  is zero inside the material of the conductor..
Q2
2 1  cos   . The total lines of force The Total enclosed charge within the Gaussian
4
surface is zero. Here the conductor is initially
emanating from Q1 is equal to the total lines of uncharged. From conservation of charge, we can
force terminating on Q2 say that on the outer surface of the conductor a
Q1 Q
charge +q will be induced. At any point inside
 2 1  cos    2 2 1  cos   the material of conductor, say at P, the electric
4 4
field produced by +q in the cavity is cancelled
Q1 Q2
or 1  cos    1  cos   ; Q1 sin2  / 2  Q2 sin2  / 2 by the field produced by charges induced on the
2 2 walls of cavity and on the outer surface of the
 Q 1  conductor. If the point charge is not at the centre
Q1    2 sin  1  sin  / 2 
sin  / 2 
Q2
sin  / 2
 Q 2 
of the spherical cavity, even then induced charges

60 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
on the cavity walls and on the outer surface of the 
conductor are -q and +q only. But we know that E  at P1 which is just outside
0
But the distribution of induced charges will the conductor and is zero at P2 which is just inside
change in such a way that at any point P in the the conductor
material of the conductor resultant electric field 
is zero. So at P1 we have E1  E 2 

Suppose the conductor has charge q0 on it and at P2 we have E1 – E2 = 00
initially. This charge resides on the outer surface 
of the conductor. If point charge q is kept inside  E1  E 2 
2 0
the cavity, induced charges on the walls of cavity Now the force experienced by small surface ds due
and on the outer surface of the conductor are the to the charge on the rest of the surface is
same as before. i.e., – q and + q. But the total 2ds
charge on the outer surface of the conductor is F   dq  E2   ds  E 2 
(q0 +q) now. 2 0
If the charge inside the cavity is displaced, the Force F 2 1
induced charge distribution on inner surface of the and    0 E2
Area ds 2 0 2
body changes such that at any point inside the
ELECTRIC PRESSURE ON A CHARGED
material of the conductor resultant field is zero.
In this case the charge distribution on outer
SURFACE
surface of the conductor does not change and From the above derivation we observed that a small
only the charge distribution on the cavity walls surface of a charged conductor will experience a
will change.
force by the remaining surface. The force per
Now the charge inside the cavity is fixed. If another
charge is brought towards the conductor from 1 2
outside., it will not affect the charge distribution unit area of the surface is 0 E 2 or
2 2 0
inside the cavity and only the distribution of charge This is known as electric pressure on the charged
on the outer surface will be affected. metal surface.
MECHANICAL FORCE ON THE CHARGED 1
CONDUCTOR  Pe  0 E 2
2
We know that like charges repel each other. So, Suppose a charged body is in an external electric
when a conductor is charged, the charge on any field. Let us find out the electric pressure on the
point of the conductor is repelled by the charge on surface of that charged body.
its remaining part. It means surface of a charged Consider a surface uniformly charged with charge
conductor experiences mechanical force. density  . On that surface 'ds' is the surface area
of a small element. The charge on that element
E1
P1 E2 is dq  ds
ds
E1
P2 ds 
E

E2

Consider a charged conductor as shown. Let ds

be the surface area of a small element on the
The given surface is in an external electric field
conductor. The electric field at point P1 near the represented by the field lines as shown.
conductor surface can be considered as the Let E be the intensity of electric field on the
superposition of fields E1 and E2 . Here E1 is elemental surface. Here angle between E and ds
the field produced by that elemental surface and
is  . In this case E has two comperments.
E2 is the field due to the remaing surface of the Component parallel to the surface is
conductor.
E  E1  E2 E11  E sin 
and component normal to the surface is
61 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

E   E cos   4T  3  4T  q2  3
Here force due to E11 on the surface is tangential  P0   r   P0    R
r  R 16 2 R 4  2 0 
which tries to stretch the surface. Where as the
force due to E  applies outward pressure on q2
P0  R 3  r 3   4T  R 2  r 2   0
the surface. Now outward force on the elemental 32  2 0 R
surface is But R = 2r
q2
dF  (dq)E   ds E  P0 7r 3   4T 3r 2   0
So, the outwards electric pressure on the surface is 32  2 0  2r 
dF q2
Pe    E   Pe   E cos  2
 7P0 r 3  12Tr 2
ds 64 0 r
W.E-9: A thin spherical shell radius of r has a
q 2  64  2 0 r 3  7P0 r  12T 
charge Q uniformly distributed on it. At the 1
centre of the shell, a negative point charge -q q  8r 0 r  7P0 r  12T   2
is placed. If the shell is cut into two identical
hemispheres, still equilibrium is maintained. C. U .Q
Then find the relation between Q and q?
+Q
ELECTRIC FLUX AND GAUSS LAW
R 1. A cubical Gaussian surface encloses electric
flux of 30 C per unit permittivity of a charge.
-q
The electric flux through each face of the cube
per unit permittivity is
Sol : Here the outward electric pressure at every point 1) 30 C 2) 15 C 3) 10 C 4) 5 C
on the shell due to its own charge is 2. As one penetrates uniformly charged
2 2
conducting sphere, what happens to the
2 1  Q  Q electric field strength
P1     ; P1 
2 0 2 0  4r 
2 32 0 r 4
2
1) decreases inversely as the square of the
Due to -q, the electric field on the surface of the distance
shell is 2) decreases inversely as the distance
E
1 q 3) becomes zero
4 0 r 2 4) increases inversely as the square of distance
This electric field pulls every point of the shell in 3. Mark the correct option
inward direction. The inward pressure on the 1) Gauss law is valid only for unsymmetrical
surface of the shell due to the negative charge is charge distributions
 Q  1 q  Qq 2) Gauss law is valid only for charge placed in
P2  E ;   
2   4  2  vacuum
 4r   0 r  16 0 r 4
2

For equlibrium of the hemispherical shells 3) The electric field calculated by Gauss law is
the field due to the charges outside the Gaussian
Qq Q2 Q
P2  P1 or 2 4
 2 4 ; q surface.
16 0 r 32 0 r 2 4) The flux of the electric field through a closed
WE.10 : If r and T are radius and surface ten- surface due to all the charges is equal to the flux
sion of a spherical soap bubble respectively due to the charges enclosed by the surface
then find the charge needed to double the 4. If the flux of the electric field through a closed
radius of bubble surface is zero
Sol: For smaller bubble 1) The electric field must be zero every where

P1   P0 
4T  4
and V1  r 3 For larger bubble
on the surface
 r  3 2) The electric field must not be zero everywhere
4T  2 4 on the surface
P2  P0   and V2  R3 where   q 3) The charge inside the surface must be zero
R 2 0 3 4 R 2
4) The charge in the vicinity of the surface must
for air in the bubble, P1V1  P2 V2 be zero
62 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
5. An infinite plane sheet of a metal is charged 15. In the above problem the value of E in the
to charge density  C / m 2 in a medium of space outside the sheets is.
dielectric constant K. Intensity of electric field 1)  / 0 2)  / 2 0 3) zero 4) 2 / 0
near the metallic surface will be 16. The Gaussian surface for calculating the
   K electric field due to a charge distribution is
1) E   K 2) E  2 3) E  2 K 4) E  2 1) any closed surface around the charge distribution
o o o o
2) any surface near the charge distribution
6. The electric flux from a cube of edge l is  . 3) a spherical surface
Its value if edge of cube is made 2 l and 4) a closed surface at a every point of which
charge enclosed is halved is electric field has a normal component which is
1)  / 2 2) 2 3) 4 4)  zero or a fixed value
7. If the electric flux entering and leaving an 17. The electric flux over a sphere of radius 1m
enclosed surface respectively is 1 and 2 , is  . If radius of the sphere were doubled
the electric charge inside the surface will be without changing the charge enclosed, electric
flux would become
1) 1  2  /  o 2) 1   2  /  o
1) 2 2)  / 2 3)  / 4 4) 
3) 1   2   o 4)  2  1   o 18. A charge q is placed at the centre of a cube.
8. Electric flux at a point in an electric field is What is the electric flux associated with one
1) positive 2) negative of the faces of cube
3) zero 4) positive or negtive q  6q q
9. Electric flux over a surface in an electric field 1)  2) 0 q 3)  4) 6
0 0 0
may be 19. A charge Q is placed at the corner of a cube.
1) positive 2) negative The electric flux through all the faces of the
3) zero 4) positive, negative, zero cube is
10. A charge Q is placed at the mouth of a conical
Q Q Q Q
flask. The flux of the electric field through 1)  2) 6 3) 8 4) 3
0 0 0 0
the flask is
20. A point charge +q is placed at mid point of a
Q Q cube of side ‘L’. The electric flux emerging
1)zero 2) Q /  0 3) 2 4)  2 from the cube is
0 0
11. A charge Q is placed at the mouth of a conical q 2 q
flask. At the centre of the circular crossection 1)  2) 6qL 3) 6 L2 4)zero
0  0
flux of the electric field through it is 21. A charge q is enclosed as shown below, the
Q Q electric flux is
1) zero 2) Q /  0 3) 2 4)  2
0 0
i  q (ii) q (iii) q
12. Electric field intensity at a point due to an
infinite sheet of charge having surface charge
1) maximum in (i) 2) maximum in (ii)
density  is E. If sheet were conducting
3) maximum in (iii) 4) equal in all
electric intensity would be
22. An ellipsoidal cavity is carved with in a perfect
1) E/2 2) E 3) 2 E 4) 4 E
conductor. A positive charge q is placed at
13. Two thin infinite parallel sheets (non
the centre of the cavity. The points A and B
conducting) have uniform surface densities of
are on the cavity surface as shown in the
charge +  and –  . Electric field in the space
figure then
between the two sheets is
a) Electric field near A in the cavity = Electric
1)  / 0 2)  / 2 0 3) 2 / 0 4) zero field near B in the cavity
14. In the above question, if the sheets were thick b) Charge density at A = Charge density at B
and conducting, value of E in the space c) Potential at A = Potential at B
between the two sheets would be d) Total electric flux through the surface of the
1) 2 / 0 2)  / 0 3) zero 4) 4 / 0 cavity is q/  0 .

63 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
26. A : A metallic sheild in the form of a hollow
1) a,b,c,d are correct A shell may be built to block an electric field.
2) a,b,c are correct q B R : In a hollow spherical shield, the electric
field inside it is zero at every point.
3) only a and b are correct
1) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is the correct
4) only c and d are correct explanation of ‘A’.
23. A metallic shell has a point charge ' q ' kept 2) Both ‘A’ and ‘R’ are true and ‘R’ is not the
inside its cavity. Which one of the following correct explanation of ‘A’.
diagrams correctly represents electric lines 3) ‘A’ is true and ‘R’ is false
of forces 4) ‘A’ is false and ‘R’ is true
27. A thin spherical shell of radius R has charge
Q spread uniformly over its surface. Which
1) 2) of the following graphs most closely represents
the electric field E  r  produced by the shell
in the range 0  r   , where r is the
distance from the centre of the shell?
3) 4)
E (r) E (r)

1) 2)
24. Two infinitely long thin styraight wires having
uniform linear charge densities  and 2 are O R r O R r
arranged parallel to each other at a distance
E (r) E (r)
r apart . The intesity of the electric field at a
point midway between them is 3) 4)
2   3
1)  r 2)  r 3) 2 r
4) 2 r O R r O R r
0 0 0
0

25. Find the total flux due to charge q associated 28. Three positive charges of equal value q are
with the given hemispherical surface placed at vertices of an equilateral triangle.
The resulting lines of force should be sketched
as in (3)
a) b)

q
q 1) 2)

c) q d)
q
q 3) 4)

q
e) f)
29. An uncharged metal sphere is placed between
two equal and oppositely Charged metal plates.
q q q
1)  a 2 ,  b 0,  c  ,  d  0,  e 0 f  
The nature of line of force will be
0 0 0    

q q q    
2)  a 0,  b 2 ,  c 0,  d   ,  e 0 f   1)

2)

0 0 0  

q q q q
3)  a 2 ,  b  ,  c 0,  d   ,  e 0 f      
0 0 0 0
   
3) 4)
q q q q
4)  a 0,  b 2 ,  c 0,  d   ,  e   f  
   

0 0 0 0

64 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
ASSERTION& REASON
1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the A
correct explanation of (A) B
2) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is not
the correct explanation of (A) 34. Assertion: Two point charges +Q and -Q are
3) (A) is true but (R) is false fixed at point A(+a,0,0) and point B(-a,0,0)
4) (A) is false but (R) is true respectively. Then the magnitude of electric

30. Assertion: A device used to measure E is flux due to electric field of either point charge
located at some distance from a fixed point through infinite y-z plane (that is x=0 plane)
charge. In this situation, the device measures is less than magnitude of net electric flux due
E0 as the magnitude of electric field intensity.. to electric field of both charges through that
plane (x = 0 plane).
Now an uncharged conducting sphere with a Reason: The magnitude of net electric flux
very small hole is lowered by an insulating through a surface due to a system of point
thread so that it surrounds the point charge. charges is equal to sum of magnitude of
Now, the reading of the device becomes zero. electric flux through that surface due to each
Reason: Electrostatic shielding is the of the point charge of the system.
phenomenon in which inside of hollow 35. Assertion: In a region where
conductor is shielded for outside electric field uniform electric field exists, the net charge
31. Assertion: E in outside vicinity of a within volume of any size is zero.
conductor depends only on the local charge Reason: The electric flux through any closed
density  surface in region of uniform electric field is

Reason: E in outside vicinity of a conductor zero.
 36. Assertion: A point charge q is placed at centre
is given by  of spherical cavity inside a spherical conductor
0
as shown. Another point charge Q is placed
32. Assertion: Four point charges q1 , q2 , q3 and outside the conductor as shown in Fig. Now
as the point charge Q is pushed away from
q4 are as shown in Fig. The flux over the shown
conductor, the potential difference (VA – VB)
Gaussian surface depends only on charges q1 between two points A and B within the cavity
of sphere remains constant
and q2
Reason: The electric field due to charges on
Reason: Electric field at all points on outer surface of conductor and outside of the
Gaussian surface depends ony on charges q1 conductor is zero at all points inside the
q 4
conductor.

q1
Gaussian
and q2 q2 surface A B
q Q
q3
33. Assertion: A point charge q is placed near an
37. Assertion: The electrostatic force on a
arbitray shaped solid conductor as shown in
charged particle located on a equipotential
figure. The potential difference between the
surface is zero
points A and B within the conductor remain
Reason: Componant of E along equipotential
same irrespective of the magnitude of charge
surface is zero.
q.
38. Assertion: We cannot produce electric field
Reason: The electric field inside a solid
in a neutral conductor.
conductor is zero under electrostatic
Reason: Neutral conductor cannot produce
conditions.
electric field.

65 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
39. Two parallel metallic plates have surface
LEVEL-I (C. W)
charge densities  1 and  2 as shown in figure.
Match the following: ELECTRIC FLUX AND GAUSS LAW
1 2 1. A charged spherical conductor has a surface
charge density of 0.7 C / m2 . When its charge
is increased by 0.44C, the charge density
changes by 0.14 C / m2 . The radius of the
sphere is
1) 5 cm 2) 1 0 m 3) 0.5 m 4) 5 m
Column I Column II
2. The electric field in a region of space is given
a) If  1   2  0 (p) Electric field in region 
by E  5i  2j NC 1 . The electric flux due to
III is towards right
b) If  1   2  0 (q) Electric field in region this field through an area 2 m2 lying in the
I is zero YZ plane in S.I. units is
c) If  1   2  0 (r) Electric field in region 1) 10 2) 20 3) 10 2 4) 2 29
I is towards right 3. Number of electric lines of force emerging
1) a-p, b-q, c-r 2) a-q, b-p, c-r from 1C of positive charge in vacuum is
3) a-r b-q, c-r 4) a-p, b-r, c-r 1) 8.85 1012 2) 9 109
40. Two spherical shells are as shown in figure.
Suppose r is the distance of a point from their 3) 1/ 4  9  109 4) 1.13 1011
common centre. Then, 4. A charge of 5 C is placed at the centre of a
q2 spherical gaussian surface of radius 5 cm. The
q1 1
R1
electric flux through the surface is  times
0
of
R2
1) 0.1 N-m2/C 2) 0.5 N-m2/C
Column I Column II 3) 1 N-m2/C 4) 5 N-m2/C
a) Electric field for (p) is constant for 5. In a region where intensity of electric field is
r  R1 q2 and vary for q1 5 NC 1 , 40 lines of electric force are crossing
b) Electric potential for (q) is zero for 10 NC 1 will be
r  R1 q2 and vary for q1 1) 20 2) 80 3) 100 4) 200
c) Electron potential for (r) is constant for both 6. A half ring of radius R has a charge of  per
unit length. The potential at the centre of the
R1  r  R2 q1 and q 2
1
d) Electric field for (s) is zero half ring is ( k  4 )
R1  r  R2
o

1) a-r, b-s, c-p, d-q 2) a-s, b-r, c-p, d-q  

1) k 2) k
3) a-s, b-s, c-p ,d-q 4) a-r, b-q, c-p ,d-q R R

C. U. Q - KEY 3) k 4) k
R
1) 4 2) 3 3) 4 4) 3 5) 1 6) 1 7. An electron is placed at the centre of a
7) 4 8) 3 9) 4 10) 3 11) 3 12) 3 Conducting sphere of radius 0.2 metre having
13) 1 14) 1 15) 3 16) 4 17) 4 18) 4 a charge 5 102 coulomb. The force on the
19) 3 20) 1 21) 4 22) 4 23) 1 24) 2 electron is
25) 1 26) 1 27) 1 28) 3 29)2 30) 4
1) zero 2) 11109 N
31) 2 32) 3 33) 1 34) 1 35) 2 36) 1
37) 4 38) 2 39) 2 40) 3 3) 22.5 109 N 4) 2.5 109 N

66 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

8. Eightcharges,1 C ,-7 C ,-4 C , 10 C ,2 C ,- 5. A charge q is placed at the centre of the open

end of cylinderical vessel. Find the flux of the
5 C ,-3 C and 6 C are situated at the eight electric field through the surface of the vessel.
corners of a cube of side 20 cm. A spheric al q q q
surface of radius 80 cm encloses this cube. 1) 2  2)  3) 3  4) zero
0 0 0
The center of sphere coincides with center of
the cube. Then the outgoing flux from the LEVEL- I ( H. W ) KEY
spherical surface(in units Vm) is 1) 1 2) 4 3) 1 4) 1 5) 1
1) 36  103 2) 684  103
LEVEL- I (H. W ) HINTS
3) zero 4) 72  103
q 253
LEVEL- I (C. W ) KEY 1.  E.ds   0

8.85 10 12
 4.5  1011
1) 3 2) 1 3) 4 4) 4 5) 2 6) 4 q q
7) 1 8) 3 2.  E.ds   0

6 0 through on of the face
LEVEL - I (C. W ) HINTS q q 
3. E  4 r 2  ; E 
Q 0 4 0 r 2
0
1.  
A
  2  1 
2. E   E.ds  E  s  5  2 4.  E.ds  0
q q
E 
4. 0 5.  E.ds   0
5. q
kq LEVEL - II (C.W)
6. q   r and V 
r ELECTRIC FLUX AND GAUSS LAW
7. Einside  0, F  Eq 1. The inward and outward electric flux for a
closed surface in units of N-m 2 /C are
LEVEL - I (H.W) respectively 8  103 and 4  103 . Then the
1. Caluclate the net flux emerging from given total charge inside the surface in S.I units is
enclosed surface - Nm2 C–1 (where  0 =permitivity constant )
2C  R2   R
5C
1) 4  103 2) – 4  103 3) – 4) 4  103  0
3C
E
2. A cylinder of radius R and length L is placed
in the uniform electric field E parallel to the
1) 4.5 × 1013 2) 45 × 1012
cylinder axis. The total flux from the two flat
3) zero 4) 1.12 × 1012
surfaces of the cylinder is given by
2. A charge Q is situated at the centre of a cube.
The electric flux through one of the faces of the  R2  R2   R
cube is
1) 2 R 2 E 2) 3) 4) zero
E E
1) Q /  0 2) Q / 2  0 3) Q / 4  0 4) Q / 6  0 3. A cube is arranged such that its length ,
3. The magnitude of the electric field on the surface breadth , height are along X,Y and Z directions
of a sphere of radius r having a uniform surface . One of its corners is situated at the origin .
charge density  is Length of each side of the cube is 25cm . The
1)  / 0 2)  / 2  0 3)  /  0 r 4)  / 2  0 r components of electric field are
4. If the electric flux entering and leaving an enclosed E x  400 2 N / C , Ey  0 and Ez  0
surface respectively is  1 and  2 , the electric respectively. The flux coming out of the cube
charge inside the surface will be at one end will be
1)  2  1   0 2) 1   2  /  0 1) 25 2Nm 2 / C 2) 5 2Nm 2 / C
3)  2  1  /  0 4) 1   2   0 3) 250 2Nm 2 / C 4) 25Nm2 / C

67 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
4. If a hemispherical body is placed in a uniform 9. Consider two concentric spherical surface S1
electric field E then the flux linked with the
curved surface is with radius a and S2 with radius 2a, both
E
centred on the origin. There is a charge +q
at the origin, and no other charges.Compare
1) 2 R 2 E 2)  R 2 E B the flux 1 through S1 with the flux  2
2
3) 4 R E 4) 6 R E 2
n through S2
5. A thin conducting ring of radius R is given a
charge +Q . The electric field at the centre 1) 1  42 2) 1  22
O of the ring due to the charge on the part 3) 1  2 4) 1  2 / 2
AKB of the ring is E. The electric field at the 10. The electric field on two sides of a large
centre due to the charge on the part ACDB charged plate is shown in fig. The charge
of the ring is A
K density on the plate in S.I. units is given by
( o is the permittivity of free space in S.I.
C
O
B units)
1)3 E along OK 2)3E along KO
1) 2o 2) 4o 3) 10 o 4) zero
3)E along OK 4) E along KO
D
6. In a unifrorm electric field find the total flux LEVEL- II ( C.W ) KEY
associated with the given surfaces (R is
1) 4 2) 4 3) 1 4) 2 5) 3 6) 1
radius)
7) 2 8) 1 9) 3 10) 2
E
a) LEVEL- II ( C. W) HINTS
E q
1. E 
b) c) 0
E
3. E 1.A1  E 2 .A2  E 3 .A3  
1) a  0, b  0, c  0
  E. A
4.
 2

2) a  0, b   R E , c  0

5. E 0  0
9. Flux through both will be same as net charge

3) a  2 RE, b   R E , c  0
2
 enclosed by both is same
4) a   R 2 E, b  0, c  0 
10. Electric field due to plate= 2
7. Surface charge density of soap bubble of o

radius ' r ' and surface tension T is  . If P is

LEVEL - II (H.W)
excess pressure, the value of  is
3 1 1. The number of electric lines of force originating
 4T 2  4T  2 from a charge of 1C is
1)    P  2)  2 0   P 
0 r
   r  1) 1.129×1011 2) zero
3) 1.129×10–11 4) 1.129×1010
1
2. A cube of side l is placed in a uniform field E,
4T   2T  2
3) 4)  4 0   P   where E = E î . The net electric flux through
r  r  the cube is
8. An infinitely long thin straight wire has 1) Zero 2) l2E 3) 4l2E 4) 6l2E
uniform linear charge density of 1/3 3. A point charge +q is placed at the centre of a
coul.m-1. Then the magnitude of the elec- cube of side L. The electric flux emerging from
tric intensity at a point 18 cm away is the cube is
q 6qL2 q
1) 0.33 101 NC 1 2) 3  101 NC 1 1)  2) Zero 3) 4)
0 0 6L2  0
3) 0.66 101 NC 1 4) 1.32 101 NC 1

68 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
4 A long thin flat sheet has a uniform surface
charge density  . The magnitude of the LEVEL- III
electric field at a distance ‘ r ‘ from it is given ELECTRIC FLUX AND GAUSS LAW
by 1. A solid metallic sphere has a charge +3Q.
1)  /  0 2)  / 2  0 3)  /  0 r 4)  / 2  0 r Concentric with this sphere is a conducting
5 A charge of 8.85C is placed at the centre of a spherical shell having charge +Q. The radius
spherical Guassian surface of radius 5 cm. The of the sphere is a and that of the spherical
electric flux through the surface is shell is b, (b>a). What is the electric field at a
1) 1012 V/m 2) 10–12 V/m
distance R (a<R<b) from the centre.
3) 108 V/m 4) 1010 V/m Q 3Q 3Q 4Q
1) 2 R 2) 2 R 3) 2 4)
6. The inward and outward electric flux for a closed 0 0 4 0 R 2 0 R 2
surface in units ofN–m2/C are respectively 8 × 2. Two parallel plane sheets 1 and 2 carry
103 and 4 × 103. Then the total charge inside the uniform charge densities 1 and 2 as shown
surface in S.I. units is (where o = permitivity in
in fig. electric field in the region marked II is
free space ) 1 2
1) 4 × 103 2) – 4 × 103 1  2  +
+
+
+
3
4  10  + +
3) 4) 4  103 o + +
0 + +
I + II + III
7. The total flux linked with unit negative charge    
 1 2
 12  +
+
+
+
put in air is 1) 2)
20 2 0 + +
1
1) out wards 2)
1
inwards 1  2  1  2  +
+
+
+
0 0 3) 4)
2 0 2 0 Sheet 1 Sheet 2

1 1 3. Electric charge is uniformly distributed along

3) outwards 4) inwards a long straight wire of radius 1 mm. The
4  0 4  0
charge per cm length of the wires is Q
LEVEL- II ( H. W) KEY coulomb. Another cylindrical surface of radius
50 cm and length 1 m symmetrically encloses
1) 4 2) 4 3) 1 4) 2 5) 4 6) 4 7) 1 the wire as shown in the figure. The total
electric flux passing through the cylindrical
LEVEL- II ( H. W ) HINTS
+

q 1 surface is +
+
No of lines    8.85 1012  1.129  10
11
1.
0

2. In ward equat to outward flux so net flux is zero 1m

Q 100Q
q 1)  2)
3. Total flux   0
0
0 10Q 100Q +
3)  4) 
  0  0 + 50cm
+
4. E 4. A charge Q is distributed uniformly on a ring
2 0
of radius r. A sphere of equal radius r is
8.85 constructed with its centre at the periphery
5. E 12
 1012 of the ring as shown in figure. Find the flux
8.85  10 of the electric field through the surface of the
6. Net flux  4  103 sphere.
A
q Ring
4  103 
0 Q q 0
1) 3 2)  01
Sphere
q  4  10  0
3
q0 0
B
3) 2 4) zero
7. Due to -ve charge flux is inward 0

69 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

5. q1 , q2 , q3 and q4 are point charges located at 9. Two concentric sphere of radii a1 and a 2 carryy
points as shown in the figure as S is a spherical charges q 1 and q 2 respectively. If the surface
Gaussian surface of radius R. Which of the
following is true according to the Gauss’s law charge density   is same for both spheres,
S q4 the electric potential at the common centre
will be
R
 a1  a2
q1 q2 1)  a 2)  a
0 2 0 1
q3
 
    q 1  q 2  q 3 3)   a1  a 2  4)   a1  a 2 
1)   E1  E 2  E 3 .d A   2 0
0 0
10. Assume three concentric conducting spheres
      q 1  q 2  q 3  where charge q 1 and q 2 have been placed on
2)   E 1  E 2  E 3  E 4 .d A  0 inner and outer sphere where as middle sphere
has been earthed. Find the charge on the outer
      q1  q 2  q 3  q 4 
  E  E 
 E 3  E 4 .d A 
surface of middle spherical conductor
3) 2
1
0
+q1
+q2
4) None of the above r2 r2
r
6. Shown below is a distribution of charges. The 1)  q2 2)  q1 O
1

flux of electric field due to these charges r3 r2

through the surface S is 3)  q2 4) r q1 r 3

3
11. Three concentric metallic spheres A, B and C
+q +q
have radii a,b and c (a < b < c ) and surface
1) 3q /  0 2) 2q /  0 charge densities on them are  ,  and 
+q respectively. The values of VA and VB will
3) q /  0 4) Zero be
C
7. A thin spherical conducting shell of radius R 
B
has a charge q. Another charge Q is placed at b
A c
the centre of the shell. The electrostatic 
potential at a point P at a distance R/2 from    a  – a
the centre of the shell is 1)  a  b  c  
,  b  c 
0 0  b 
2Q 2Q 2q 2
1) 4 R 2) 4 R  4 R 2)  a  b  c  ,
a
0 0 0
c
2Q q q  Q 2 0 0  a  

3) 4 R 4 R 4) 3)  a  b  c  ,  b  c
0 0 4 0 R   b 
8. A charge ' q ' is distributed over two   a 2 b2  
4)   c  c  c  ,   a  b  c 
concentric hollow conducting spheres of radii 0   0
a and b (b > a) such that their surface charge 12. A charged ball hangs from silk thread which
densites are equal. The potential at their makes an angle ' ' with large charged
common centre is conducting sheet ' P ' as shown. The surface
q  a  b charge density   of the sheet is
1) Zero

2) 4 0 a 2  b 2

2
proportional to

q 1 1 q  ab 
 4) 4   a 2  b2  1) cos  2) cot 
3)
4 0  a b  0 
   
3) sin  4) tan 
+

70 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
COMPREHENSION 18. The electric field components in the figure are
The electric field in a region is given by Ex   x1/ 2 , E y  0, Ez  0 where  = 800 N /
E   x  i . Here is  is a constant of proper m2. If a = 0.1 m is the side of cube then the
dimensions. charge within the cube is
Y
y
B F
a
A E
x
X a
z a
C G a

Z
D H 1) 9.27  10 12 C 2) 6  1012 C
13. Find the total flux passing through a cube 3) 2.5  1012 C 4) Zero
bounded by surfaces 19. Three very large plates are given charges as
x  l , x  2l , y  0, y  l , z  0, z  l. shown in the figure. If the cross-sectional area
of each plate is the same, the final
1)  l 3 2) 2 l 3 3) 3 l 3 4) 4 l 3
charge distribution on plate C is
14. The charge contained inside the above cube
is Q –5Q 10Q

1) 2 0 l 3 2)  0 l 3
Outer
3) 4  0 l 3 4) 3  0 l 3
A B C
15. Two point charges q and  q are seperated
by a distance 2a. Find the flux of the electric Inner
field vector acrossthe circle of radius r is a) +5Q on the inner surface , +5Q on the outer
shown. surface
b) +6Q on the inner surface, +4Q on the outer
r
surface
+q –q c) +7Q on the inner surface, +3Q on the outer
a a
surface
d) +8Q on the inner surface, +2Q on the outer
surface
20. An electric dipole of dipole moment P is kept
q  a  q  a 
at a distance r from an infinite long charged
1) 1   2) 1 
2 0  a 2  r 2  0  a2  r 2  wire of linear charge density  as shown. The
force acting on the dipole is
2q  a 
3) 1   4) Zero P P 2P P
0  a2 r2  1) 2 r 2 2)  r 2 3)  r 2 4) 4 r 2
0 0 0 0
16. A long string with a charge of  per unit length
21. A point charge q is a distance r from the centre
passes through an imaginary cube of edge a.
O of an uncharged spherical conducting layer,
The maximum flux of the electric field through
whose inner and outer radii equal to a and b
the cube will be
respectively. The potential at the point
1)  a / 0 2) 2 a / 0 q
O if r  a is times
2
3) 6 a / 0 4) 3 a / 0 4 0
17. A rod with linear charge density  is bent in 1 1 1  1 1 1
the shape of circular ring. The electric potential 1)     2)    
r a b a r b
at the centre of the circular ring is
   2  1 1 1  1 1 1
3)     4)    
1) 4 2) 2 3)  4)  b c r a b r
0 0 0 0

71 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
22. One-fourth of a sphere of radius R is removed
as shown in fig. An electric field E exists q1 a2
 q  q2  q
parallel to x-y plane. Find the flux through q2 b2 , 1
the remaining curved part.
1) R 2 E 2) 2R 2 E b2 
q1  q1  2   q
a 
3) R 2 E / 2 4) 2R 2 E
 b2  a2 b2 
LEVEL- III - KEY q1 1  2   q ; q1  2 q
 a   a 
1) 3 2) 4 3) 2 4) 1 5) 2 6) 2
7) 3 8) 4 9) 4 10) 1 11) 1 12) 4 qa 2 qb 2
13) 1 14) 2 15) 4 16) 4 17) 2 18) 1 q1  2 ; q2  2
a b2 a b2
19)3 20) 1 21) 3 22) 3 potential at commoncentre
LEVEL- III - HINTS qa qb
V 
2. Enet  E1  E2 4 0  a  b  4 0  a 2  b 2 
2 2

1 2 q  a b 
  V  a 2  b 2  a 2  b 2 
2 0 2 0 4 0
1   2 q  ab 
Enet  V
2 0 4 0  a 2  b 2 
3. The total flux passing through cylindrical surface q1 q  q1 q2
OA  OO 10.   0
4. From the geometry of the figure. 1 and r2 r2 r3
O1 A  O1O . Thus, OAO1 is equilateral triangle.  r2
 q  q2
r3
Hence  AOO1  600 or  AOB  1200 .
1  4 a2 4 b2 4 c 2 
The are AO1B of the ring subtends an angle 11. VA     
4 0  a b c 
1200 at the centre O . Thus, third of the ring is

inside the sphere.  VA   a  b  c  and
Q 0
The charge enclosed by the sphere  . From
3 1  4 a 2 4 b 2 4 c 2 
 VB     
Gauss’s law, the flux of the electric field through 4 0  b b c 
Q
the surface of the sphere is 3 .   a2 
 VB   bc
0
0  b 
q
5.   E 1  E 2  E 3  E4  .ds 
0 17.  
Q
A
1
q1  q 2  q 3 18. Magnitude of E at the left face EL   a 2 at right

3 1

ER   2a 
2
face
q  q 2q  Q / cm  100Q
6. The  ds  
0 0
1 0    ER  EL  a 2 and q   0
  
8. 
q1

q2 
22.   E. A1  A 2 
4 a 2
4 b 2

72 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

ELECTRIC CAPACITANCE
SYNOPSIS
Electric Capacity: Imagine a Gaussian surface enclosing the plate as
 The ratio of charge to potential of a conductor is shown.
x y
Q
called its capacity. C 
V
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Unit : farad (F) 1
x y1
Parallel Plate Capacitor: If two plates each Fig. (c)
of area A are seperated by a distance 'd' then its If E0 is the field in air, then from Gauss law
0 A q q
capacity C 
d
(air as medium),
 E0ds  0  E0 A  0 or
k0 A
C (dielectric medium) q
d E0  .... (a)
A 0
When a dielectric medium is introduced between
Similarly by considering a Gaussian surface
the plates of a parallel plate capacitor, its
capacity increases to 'k' times the original through the medium, then by Gauss law,
capacity. q q
 When a dielectric slab of thickness 't' is  E.ds  0K  EA  0 K
introduced between the plates of a parallel plate
capacitor, where E is a field in the medium
+ + + + + + q
air E  .... (b)
d t
A 0 K
The P.D. between the two plates of the capacitor.
- - - - - -
V  E 0  d  t   E.t
0 A 0 A
new capacity   q q
 1
d  t 1   d  t  
t V= d  t  t
k A 0 A 0 K
 k
q 
 d  t  
GAUSS METHOD t
 
Let us consider a case of parallel plate capacitor A0  K
in which a medium of dielectric constant K is
q q
partially filled as shown in figure. or C  
V q
Then the field is uniform in air as well as in
A 0
d  t  t / K 
medium but they will have different values. let
't' be the thickness of the medium whose relative A0
C
permittivity is K. The remaining space of (d - t)   t 
d  t    
thickness be occupied by air.   K 

q y
x
 When a metal slab of thickness 't' is introduced
        between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor,
x
1
air y
1

d
K o A
new capacity  .
d t
( for metal k =  )
Fig. (b)

73 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
 The method for the calculation of capacitance
0 A
requires integration of the electric field between C
t t 
two conductors or the plates which are separated d   t1  t2  .....tn    1  ......  n 
with a potential difference Vab  k1 kn 
a  In the above case if the dielectric media are
i.e. Vab    E.dr completely filled between the plates, effective
b
q 0 A
capacity C 

or V  V   E.dr from this C 
Vab  t1 tn 
  .....  
 k1 kn 
 When a thin metal sheet  t  0  is introduced  The capacity of a parallel plate capacitor is
between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor, independent of the charge on it, potential
then capacity remains unchanged. difference between the plates and the nature of
 A dielectric slab of thickness 't' is introduced plate material.
between the plates, to restore the original  In a capacitor, the energy is stored in the electric
capacity, if the distance between the plates is field between the two plates.
 1  Capacity of a spherical conductor = 4 0 r ,
increased by x, then x  t 1  k  . where r is the radius of the sphere.
 
 Two dielectric slabs of equal thickness are  If we imagine earth to be a uniform solid sphere
introduced between the plates of a capacitor as then capacity of earth is 4 0 R
shown in figure, then new capacity  Where R = Radius of the earth = 6400  103 m
C
  K1  K2  . Note : For the earth, R  6.4106 m
2
The capacity of earth is
1
K1 K2 d C  4 0 R 
6.4106  711 F
910 9

W.E-1: A metal slab of thickness, equal to half

A/2 A/2 the distance between the plates is introduced
If the two dielectrics are of different face areas between the plates of a parallel plate capaci-
A1 and A2 but of same thickness, then capacity,, tor as shown. Find its capacity.
q

C  0  K1 A1  K 2 A2         
d air
d
 If two dielectric slabs of constants k1 and k2 d/2

are introduced as shown in figure, new capacity

2k1k2
 .C
 k1  k2 
Sol: When capacitor is partially filled with dielec-
d 0 A
K1 tric capacity C
2
 d  t (1  1 ) 
 k 
d
K2
2 For metal slab of thickness t = d/2,
0 A
 If number of dielectric slabs of same cross C ( K   for metal slab)
dt
sectional area ‘A’ and of thicknesses
0 A  A
t1 , t2 , t3 ,........tn and constants k1 , k2 .......kn are  2 0 .
d d
introduced between the plates, effective capacity d
2

74 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-2: Two conductors carrying equal and W.E-4: Capacitor has square plates each of side
opposite charges produce a non uniform ‘l’ making an angle '  ' with each other as
electric field along X - axis given by shown. Then for small value of  , the ca-
Q pacitance ‘C’ is given by
E (1  Bx 2 ) where A and B are
0 A l


constants. Separation between the
conductors along X-axis is X. Find the d

capacitance of the capacitor formed.

Sol: Potential difference between the conductors is l
X Sol: At one side, distance between plates d,
given by V  V  V   Edx At another side,
0
distance  d  l sin   d  l
X
Q Mean distance between the plates
V (1  Bx 2 )dx

0 0
A d   d  l 
l
  d
X 2 2
Q  Bx 3  Q  BX 3   A  l2
or V  x  X Capacity C  0  0
0 A  3  
0 A  3  d l
O d
2
Q 0 A
Capacity C  
V  BX2  0 l 2  l 
1
0 l 2  l 
X 1  
 3  d 1  2d  
d 1  2d 
   
W.E-3: Find the capacitance of a system of two Spherical condenser
identical metal balls of radius a if the dis- 1  q q 
tance between their centres is equal to b, with V = V p  Vq    0
b>>a. The system is located in a uniform di- 4 0  a b 
electric with permittivity K. 1 ba
Sol: Let q and -q be the charges on two balls. Then  q 
4 0  ab 
V1  Vball  V  V
V2  Vball  V   V q
C
The potential difference between the balls V
q -q
b
a a
-Q
r a
P
b +Q q
V1  V2  2V
ab
(a) C  4 0
b a
, if inner sphere is
2  E dr ba
a
charged and outer sphere is earthed.
b a
 1 q 2q 1 1 
2   4 0 K r2  dr  4 0 K  a  b  a  a
a b

q q
C 
V1  V2  2q  b  2a  
 
 4  0 K a  b  a   b2
(b) C  4 0 ,
2 0 K a(b  a) ba

(b  2a) If inner sphere is earthed and outer sphere is
For b >> a, we can write C  2 0 K a . charged.

75 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
Cylindrical Capacitor: A cylindrical capacitor Note : For a capacitor having constant potential
consists of two coaxial cylinders and its capacitance difference across the plates the force
is given by
C2 V 2 2 A 2 V 2
F  02
2 0 A d 2 0 A
O
1 V2
F 0 2 A
2 0l 2 d
l c In this case force depends on the separation
b
log e   between the plates. Thus to change the separation
a
variable force is needed.
Where l is the length of each of cylinder and a CAPACITORS IN SERIES
and b are the radii of the inner and outer In series combination, the capacitors are first
cylinders. arranged in a series order such that the
Force between the plates of a capacitor second plate of first capacitor is connected
Consider a parallel plate capacitor with plate to the first plate of second capacitor, the
area A. Let Q and –Q be the charges on the plates second plate of second capacitor is connected
of capacitor. Let F be the force of attraction be- to first plate of third capacitor and so on. And
tween the plates. Let E be the field between the finally the first plate of first capacitor and
capacitor plates.The expression for the force can
second plate of last capacitor are connected
be derived by energy method. Let the distance
to opposite terminals of battery.
between the plates be x.
Let us consider three capacitors of capacities
So electric field energy between the plates is
C1, C2 and C3 connected in series across a
1
U  0 E2 (Ax) source of potential difference 'V' as shown in
2
figure.
dU 1
 0 E2 A V1 V2 V3
dx 2 +q -q +q -q +q -q

C1 C2 C3

F  
V
At the moment, the system is connected to the
X
source, left plate of first condenser acquires
dx positive charge due to conduction. This inturn
will produce negative charge of equal
dU 1
By definition F    0 E2 A magnitude, on the left face of second plate of
dx 2 first condenser due to induction. The process
(Conservative force)
So the force of attraction between the plates is continues for the remaining two condensers.
Hence the charge acquired by all the three
1 2
F = 0 E A capacitors will be same.
2 As the capacitors are different, the potentials
Note : For an isolated charged capacitor
developed across them will be different.
Q2 q  C1V1  C2 V2  C3 V3
F . This force does not depend on the
2 0 A q q q
separation between the plates, and so the constant V1  , V2  , V3 
C1 C2 C3
amount of force is needed to change the
separation. But V  V1  V2  V3

76 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

 1 1 1 
W.E-6: When the space between the plates of a
V q   .... (1) parallel plate condenser is completely filled
 C1 C2 C 3 
 with two slabs of dielectric constants K1 and
If a single capacitor when connected across the K2 and each slab having area A and thickness
same source draws the same charge, that d
capacitance is said to be the equivalent equal to as shown in the figure
2
capacitance of the three capacitors. If CS is the
equivalent capacitance.
q
CS  K 1

V K 2

q
V -----(2)
CS
Substituting (2) in (1) Fig. The equivalent circuit is as shown
q q q q
   A
CS C1 C2 C3 d
K 1
2
1 1 1 1
   A
Cs C1 C2 C3 d
K2
2
1 1
In general C   C
S n
 The resultant capacity of series combination is 2K1 o A
smaller than the least capacity of the capacitors a) Capacity of the upper half C1 
d
of the combination.
 In series, ratio of charges on three capacitors is 2K 2 o A
b) Capacity of the lower half C2 
1 : 1 :1. d
 The ratio of potential differences across three c) C1 and C2 may be supposed to be conencted in
capacitors is series.
d) Effective capacity
Q Q Q 1 1 1 C1C2  A  2K1K 2   2K1 K 2 
V1 : V2 : V3  : :  : : C  0    C0 
C1 C2 C3 C1 C2 C3 C1  C2 d  K1  K 2   K1  K 2 
 P.D across first capacitor is Here C0 is the capacity of the condenser with
air medium.
1
C1  2K1 K 2 
V1  V e) Effective dielectric constant K= 
 1

1

1   K1  K 2 
 C C 2 C 3 
1 Capacitors in parallel
similary we can find V2 and V3. Capacitors are said to be connected in parallel
W.E-5: The equivalent capacity between A and B if the two plates of any capacitor are
in the given circuit is connected one to positive terminal and the
8F other to negative terminal of the source, then
A B the connection is said to be parallel
12F 12F connection.
8F q1 q2 q3
  
Sol: Here 12 F and 12 F are short circuited. Hence V   
C1 C2 C3
they are not charged.
 Take only 8 F and 8 F parallel combination. Fig.
C  8  8  16 F
Let us consider three capacitors of capacities

77 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
C1, C2 and C3 connected in parallel across a source W.E-7 : In the net work three identical capacitors
‘V’ as shown are connected as shown. Each of them can
The moment capacitors are connected, charge is withstand to a maximum 100 V potential
difference. What is the maximum voltage that
drawn from the voltage source and this charge can be applied across A and B so that no
is drawn along three branches and thus gets capacitor gets spoiled.
shared. As all capacitors are connected in C
parallel, the potential across any of the C
A B
capacitors is same . Here charge gets shared
depending upon their capacitances for C
maintaining same potential. Sol: Let q max be the max-charge supplied by the
q q q battery between A and B so that no capacitor
V 1  2  3 gets spoiled.
C1 C2 C3
For each capacitor
 q1  q 2  q 3  C1V  C2 V  C3 V q max  CV0  C(100)  100 C
q  V  C1  C2  C3  For the combination q max  Cequivalent  Vmax 
q 2
 C1  C2  C3 ... (1) 100 C  C  Vmax   Vmax  150 V
V 3
If a single capacitor when connected to the same Among 150V, potential difference across
source draws a charge q then that capacitor is parallel combination is 50V and the potential
difference across the other capacitor is 100V.
said to be the effective or equivalent capacitor
W.E-8: Calculate the capacitance of a parallel
for the three parallel capacitors. plate capacitor, with plate area A and distance
If the effective capactiance is Cp, between the plates d, when filled with a dielectic
q whose permittivity varies as
CP  ... (2)
V  d d 
 ( x) 0  kx  0  x   ;  ( x ) 0  k ( d  x )   x  d 
from (1) and (2)  2   2 
dx
C P  C1  C 2  C 3
In general CP   Cn s
X
 The resultant capacity of parallel combination
is greater than the largest capacity of the Sol:
capacitors of the combination.
 In parallel, ratio of P.D. on three capacitors is 1 X=0 X=d
: 1 :1. The given capacitor is equivalent to two
 The ratio of charges on three capacitors is capacitors in series. Let C1 and C2 be their
Q1 : Q2 : Q3  C1V : C2V : C3V  C1 : C2 : C3 capacities. Then
 The charge on first capacitor is 1  1 l 
   
C1 C  dC1 dC2 
Q1  Q Consider an element of width dx at a distance x
C1  C2  C3
similarly we can find Q2 and Q3. from the left plate. Then
 When n identical capacitors each of capacity C  0  kx  A
dC1  for 0  x  d
are first connected in series and next connected dx 2
in parallel then the ratio of their effective   k(d  x) A d
and dC2  0 for  x  d
capacities dx 2
on substituting these two values we get
C Cs
Cs  ; Cp  nC  n 2 :1 1 l 2  2 0  Kd  KA  2 0  Kd 
n C   n  C n
p
C dC KA  2   0 2  2   0

78 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-9: When the space between the plates of a A/2 A/2
parallel plate condenser is completely filled
K1 K2
with two slabs of dielectric constants K1 and
d
A
K2 and each slab having area and thickness K3
2
equal to distance of seperation d as shown in A

the figure. The equivalent circuit as shown

A A
2 2
d d
K1 K2
K1 K2 2 2

d K3
2
Fig. The equivalent circuit is as shown A

A A 1 1 1 1 1 1
  ,  
KC 2K 3 C  K1  K 2  C
2 2
C C3 C1  C2
d K1 K1 d
1 1 1
 
K K1  K 2 2K 3
W.E-11: Four identical metal plates are located
0 A in air at equal distance d from one another.
a) Capacity of the left half C1= K1 The area of each plate is A. Find the
2d
equivalent capacitance of the system between
0 A
b) Capacity of the right half C2 = K2 X and Y.
2d
c) C1 and C2 may be supposed to be connected in 1
X
parallel then effective capacity 2
 0 A  K1  K 2 
C = C 1 + C2 
3
 
d  2 
Y
4

 K1  K 2  Sol: Let us give numbers to the four plates. Here X

C = C0   where C0 is capacity of and Y are connected to the positive and negative
2
terminals of the battery (say), then the charge
capacitor without dielectric.
distribution will be as shown
K1  K 2  1
d) Effective dielectric constant K   
2 2
  X
 
W.E-10: A parallel plate capacitor of area A, plate   3
separation d and capacitance C is filled with Y

 
three different dielectric materials having 4
dielectric constants K1, K2 and K3 as shown Here the arrangement can be represented as the
in fig. If a single dielectric material is to be grouping of three identical capacitors each of
used to have the same effective capacitance  A
as the above combination then its dielectric capacity 0 . The arrangement will be as
d
constant K is given by : shown
0 A 2 1
 A C1  K1 2 K C 3 4
Sol: Let C 0 ; d 1 X Y
d () ()
2 2 3
Now the equivalent capacitance between X and
0 A K 3 o A
C2  K 2 2 K C C3  ,  2K 3 C (C  C)C 2C 2 0 A
2 ; d
d Y is CXY   
2 2 CCC 3 3d

79 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
W.E-12: Find equivalent capacity between X and Types of Dielectrics :
1
Y  A dielectric is an insulating material in which
2
X Y
electrons are tightly bound to the nuclei of the
3
atoms.
4 Ex: glass, mica, paper etc.
 There are two types of dielectrics
Sol: Let us give numbers to the four plates. Here X 1) Non-polar dielectrics
and Y are connected to the positive and negative
2) Polar dielectrics
terminals of the battery (say) ,
1
 In non polar dielectrics the centre of positive
2
charge and centre of negative charge of each
X Y
molecule coincide
3
 Under ordinary conditions Non-polar molecule
4 will have zero dipole moment.
Here the arrangement can be represented as the  When a Non-polar dielectric is subjected to
grouping of two identical capacitors each of electric field, the positive charge of each
0 A molecule is shifted in the direction of electric
capacity . The arrangement will be as
d filed and negative charge in the opposite
shown direction.
1 2 Ex: oxygen, nitrogen
 In polar dielectrics the centre of positive
X   Y charges and centre of negative charges of each
4 2 molecule do not coincide.
 Each molecule has a permanent dipole moment.
Now the equivalent capacitance between X and  When polar dielectric is subjected to external
Y is electric field, the electric field exerts torque
0 A on the dipoles, tending to align them in the
C XY  (C  C)  2C  2
d direction of the field.
W.E-13: Find equivalent capacity X and Y Ex: CO2, NH3,HCl, etc.
1
2
X  If a dielectric is charged by induction then
induced charge q1 is less than inducing charge
3
4 Y q. Induced charge,
Sol: Let us give numbers to the four plates. Here X
and Y are connected to the positive and negative  1 
q 1   q 1  
terminals of the battery (say).  K
 1 X where K is dielectric constant.
2
 Electric field due to induced charges on the
  dielectric is
 3
4 Y
E0  1
Here the arrangement can be represented as the Eind or E p  E0   E0 1   .
K  k
grouping of three identical capacitors each of
Dielectric Strength of Air : A conducting
0 A
capacity . The arrangement will be as sphere cannot hold very large quantity of
d
charge. It can hold a maximum charge Q such
shown
2 1 3 4 that the electric intensity on the surface is equal
to dielectric strength of air  3  10 6 Vm 1 
X Y
 2 3
1 Q 1
i.e. 4  R 2  3  10 Vm
6

Now the equivalent capacitance between X and 0

  C C  C 3 Energy stored in a condenser : Energy

Y is CXY    C 2 C 2C stored in a charged condenser
 CC 
2
3 3 0 A 1 1 q
U  CV 2
 qV 
= CXY  C  2 2 2C
2 2 d

80 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
 If a condenser is connected across a battery and 1
U is the energy stored in the condenser then the times the original energy..
k
work done by the battery in charging the
 A capacitor is fully charged to a potential 'v'.
condenser is 2U ( W = qV = 2U )
After disconnecting the battery, the distance
For a parallel plate capacitor
between the plates of capacitors is increased by
1 2   
U  ( Ad )  as E   means of insulating handles. Potential difference
2 0  0 
Energy density Q
between the plates increases. ( V  , Q remains
C
U  1 2
same, and C decreases)
  0 E 2 ( here V is volume i.e. Ad)
V 0 2  A capacitor with a dielectric is fully charged.
 a) When three capacitors are in series, the ratio Without disconnecting the battery if the dielectric
of energies is slab is removed, then some charge flows back
to the battery.
Q 2 Q 2 Q2 1 1 1
U1 : U 2 : U3  : :  : : Mixed Grouping of Capacitors:
2C1 2C2 2C3 C1 C2 C3
 Number of capacitors in a row
 b) When three capacitors are in parallel, the
ratio of energies is desired potential
n
given potential
1 1 1
U1 : U2 : U3  C1V2 : C2 V2 : C3V2  C1 : C2 : C3 desired capacity
2 2 2  Number of such rows m  original capacity  n
 c) Energy density (  ) = energy/ volume
 Total number of capacitors = m  n .
1 1
Coalesence of a Charged Oil Drops:
  E 2  k 0 E 2 There are ‘n’ charged drops of radius ‘r’ and
2 2
charge ‘q’. The drops are merge to form a bigger
(Where K in the dielectric constant of drop. If capicity of small drop is ‘C’ then
1
medium between the plates) 1
1). capacity of bigger drop is C  n3 C
Effect of Dielectric:
 A parallel plate capacitor is fully charged to a 2) Potential of bigger drop is
potential V. Without disconnecting the battery Q nq n2/3 q
if the gap between the plates is completely filled V  1  1/3 
1
 n2/3V.
by a dielectric medium,capacity increases to k C n .C C
times the original capacity. 3) Energy of bigger drop is
 P.D. between the plates remains same.
Q2 n 2 q2 n5/3 q2
 Charge on the plates increases to k times the U  1  1/3   n5/3 U.
original charge. 2C 2n .C 2C
 Energy stored in the capacitor increases to k 4) Surface charge density of bigger drop is
times the original energy.
Q nq n1/ 3 q
 After disconnecting the battery if the gap 1  2
 2 /3 2
 2
 n1/ 3 .
between the plates of the capacitor is filled by 4 R 4 n .r 4 r
a dielectric medium,capacity increases to k times S.No. Quantity For each charged For the big
the original capacity. small drop drop
1. Radius r R=n1/3 r
1
 P.D. between the plates decreases to times 2. Charge q Q=n×q
k 3. Capacity C C1 = n1/3 × C
the original potential. 4. Potential V V1 = n2/3 × V
 Charge on the plates remains same. 5. Energy U U1 = n5/3 U
 Energy stored in the capacitor decreases to 6. Surface charge    n1 / 3 .

81 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

Charge transfered is  q1  q1  or   q2  q2 
INTRODUCTION OF DIELECTRIC IN A 1 1
CHARGED CAPACITOR
A dielectric slab (K) is introduced between the  CV
1 1  CV
1 (or) C2V2  C2V
plates of the capacitor
Sno Physical With battery  C1 V1 V   or  C2 V2 V 
with battery
quantity permanently connected disconnected WE.14: A capacitor of capacitance Co is charged
1 Capacity K times increases K times increases to a potential Vo and then isolated. A small
2 charge K times increases Remains constant capacitor C is then charged from C o ,
3 P.D Remains constant K times decreases discharged and charged again, the process
4 Electric Intensity Remains constant K times decrease being repeated n times. Due to this, potential
5 Energy stored in K times increases K times decrease of the large capacitor is decreased to V. Find
condenser the capacitance of the small capacitor:
The distance between the plates of condenser is Sol: When key is closed, common potential
increased by n times. C V
Sno Physical With battery with battery V1  o o charge left on large capacitor after
Co  C
quantity permanently connected disconnected
1 Capacity n times decreases n times decreases first sharing of charges Q1o  Co V1
2 charge n times decreases Remains constant common potential after second sharing of charges
3 P.D Remains constant n times increases
C0 C2o V0
4
5
Electric Intensity n times decrease
Energy stored in n times decreases
Remainsconstant
n times increases
in V2  C  C V1 ; V2 =
( C o + C )2
0
condenser
REDISTRIBUTION OF CHARGE, COMMON n

after n th sharing charges V =  Co  V

POTENTIAL AND LOSS OF ENERGY n  C + C  0
Two capacitors of capacities C1 and C2 are o

charged to potentials V1 and V2 separately and  C 

n  V  1/ n 
they are connect so that charge flows. Here But Vn  V ; V   0  V0 ; C  Co  o   1
charge flows from higher potential to lower  C0  C   V  
potential till both capacitors get the same W.E-15: In the circuit shown in figure C1  1  F
potential and C2  2 F . The capacitor C1 is charged to
a) Two capacitors are connected in parallel such
that positive plate of one capacitor is connected 100V and the capacitor C2 is charged to 20V.
to positive plate of other capacitor After charging then are connected as shown.
When the switches S1 , S2 and S3 are closed, the
charge flowing through S1 is
S 1 C1 S3 C2 S2
Let V be the common potential + - + -
Then Q = Q1 + Q2 (charge conservation)
C1V1  C 2 V2
(C1 + C2) V = C1V1 + C2 V2 ; V  C1  C 2 V1=100 V2=20V
In this case there will be loss in energy of the Sol: When S ,S and S3 are closed, both the
system 1 2
capacitors are in parallel with unlike charged
1 2 1 2 plates together. So, they attain a common
U  U f  U i ; where U f  C1V  C2 V potential.
2 2
1 1 1 C1C 2 Before closing the switches,
U i  C1V12  C2 V2 2 ;  U  (V1  V2 ) 2 Charge on C1 is q1  100  1  100 C
2 2 2 C1  C 2
b) If positive plate of one capacitor is connected Charge on C2 is q 2  20  2  40 C
to negative plate of other capacitor, common After closing the switches
potential is given by q q 100  40
Common potential V  1 2   20 V
C1V1 ~ C2 V2 C1  C2 3
V Now final charges q11  C1V  1  20  20 C
C1  C2
Here charge flow takes place if V1  V2 q12  C2 V  2  20  40 C
In this case, the loss of energy The charge that flows through S1 is
1 C 1C 2 q  100  20  80 C
U  (V1  V2 ) 2
2 C1  C 2

82 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
Application : which is uncharged.
a) Redistribution of charges when two con-
ductors are connected by conduting wire
In charging a conductor, work is required to be
done. This work done is stored up as the poten-
tial energy of the conductor.
Energy of a charged conductor, Electric potential of inner sphere is
1 1 Q2 1 q1
U  CV 2  QV  V1 
2 2 2C 4 o r1
When two charged bodies are connected by a Electric potential of outer sphere is
conducting wire then charge flows from a
conductor at higher potential to that at lower 1 q1
potential until their potentials are equal. V2 
4 o r2
Let the amounts of charge on two conductors A
potential difference between the two
and B are Q1 and Q2 their capacities are C1 and conductors
C 2 and their potentials are V 1 and V 2
respectively, then Q1  C1V1 and Q2  C2 V2 q1  1 1 
V1  V2    
Let the amount of charge after the conductors 4o  r1 r2 
are connected, are Q 1| and Q |2 respectively, then If ‘ q 2 ’ charge is on the outer shell
Q11  C1V; Q12  C 2 V
r2
q1
1  q1 q 2 
V1     r1
4o  r1 r2  q2

Charges are redistributed in the ratio of their 1  q1  q 2 

V2   
capacities. 4o  r2 
 QI1 : QI2  C1 : C2 (since V is same)
q1  1 1 
In case of spherical conductors, C  4  0 r V1  V2    
4o  r1 r2 
so, Q I1 : Q I 2  r1 : r2
Van De Graff Generator potential difference  V1  V2  will remain the
Van De Graaff generator is used to develop very same for any value of q 2
high voltages and resulting large electric fields
and used to accelerate charged particles to high C. U . Q
energies 1. A condenser stores
Principle :- Whenever a charge is given to a 1) potential 2) charge
metal body it will spread on the outer surface of 3) current 4) energy in magnetic field
it. if we put a charged metal body inside the 2. Out of the following statements
hollow metal body and the two are connected A) The capacity of a conductor is affected
by a wire, whole of the charge of innner body due to the presence of an uncharged isolated
will flow to the outer surface of the hallow body. conductor
No matter how B) A conductor can hold more charge at the
large the charge is on the inner body. same potential if it is surrounded by dielectric
Consider a sperical conductor 1 of radius r1 medium.
1) Both A and B are correct
holding charge q1 uniformly distributed on it. it
2) Both A and B are wrong
is kept inside a hollow conductor 2 of radius r2 3) A is correct and B is wrong
4) A is wrong and B is correct
83 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
3. If an earthed plate is brought near positively 11. A parallel plate capacitor filled with a materail
charged plate, the potential and capacity of of dielectric constant K is charged to a certain
charged plate voltage and is isolated. The dielectric material
1) increases, decreases 2) decreases, increases is removed. Then
3) decreases, decreases 4) increases, increases a)The capacitance decreases by a factor K
4. The plates of charged condenser are b) The electric field reduces by a factor K
connected by a conducting wire. The quantity c) The voltage across the capacitor increases
of heat produced in the wire is by a factor K
d) The charge strored in the capacitor
1) Inversely proportional to the capacity of the increases by a factor K
condenser. 1) a and b are true 2) a and c are true
2) Inversely proportional to the square of the 3) b and c are true 4) b and d are true
potential of the condenser. 12. Force acting upon a charged particle kept
3) proportional to the length of wire between the plates of a charged condenser is
4) independent of the resistance of the wire F. If one of the plates of the condenser is
5. A capacitor works in removed, force acting on the same particle
1) A.C. circuits only 2) D.C. circuits only will become
3) both A,C & D.C 1) zero 2) F/2 3) F 4) 2F
4) neither A.C. nor in D.C. circuit. 13. A condenser is charged and then battery is
6. In order to increase the capacity of a parallel removed. A dielectric plate is put between the
plate condenser one should introduce between plates of condenser, then correct statement
the plates a sheet of (assume that the space is
is completely filled) 1) Q constant V and U decrease
2) Q constant V increases U decreases
1) Mica 2) Tin
3) Q increases V decreases U increases
3) Copper 4) Stainless steel 4) Q, V and U increase
7. In a parallel plate capacitor, the capacitance 14. If an uncharged capacitor is charged by
1) increases with increase in the distance connecting it to a battery, then the amount of
between the plates energy lost as heat is
2) decreases if a dielectric material is put 1) 1/2QV 2) QV 3) 1/2QV2 4) QV 2
between the plates 15. When air is replaced by a dielectric medium
3) increases with decrease in the distance of constant K, the capacity of the condenser
between the plates 1) increases K times 2) increases K 2 times
4) increases with decrease in the area of the 3) remains unchanged 4) decreases K times
plates 16. If we increase the distance between two plates
8. When a dielectric material is introduced of the capacitor, the capacitance will
between the plates of a charged condenser, 1) decrease 2) remain same
after disconnecting the battery the electric 3) increase 4) first decrease then increase
field between the plates 17. In a charged capacitor the energy is stored in
1) decreases 2) increases (r) is less than at B
3) does not change 4) may increase or decrease 1) both in positive and negative charges
9. A parallel plate capacitor is charged and the 2) positive charges
charging battery is then disconnected. If the 3) the edges of the capacitor plates
plates of the capacitor are moved further 4) the electric field between the plates
apart by means of insulating handles 18. A metal plate of thickness half the separation
1) the charge in the capacitor becomes zero between the capacitor plates of capacitance
C is inserted. The new capacitance is
2) the capacitance becomes infinite 1) C 2) C/2 3) zero 4) 2C
3) the charge in the capacitor increases 19. One plate of parallel plate capacitor is smaller
4) the voltage across the plates increases than the other, the charge on the smaller plate
10. The ratio of charge to potential of a body is will be
known as 1) less than other 2) more than other
1) conductance 2) capacitance 3) equal to other
3) inductance 4) reactance 4) will depend upon the medium between them

84 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
20. Two condensers of unequal capacities are the battery is disconnected and the plate
connected in series across a constant voltage separation is doubled is E1
d.c. source. The ratio of the potential B) The energy stored in the capacitor when
differences across the condensers will be the charging battery is kept connected and
1) direct proportion to their capacities the separation between the capacitor plates
2) inverse proportion to their capacities E1
3) direct proportion to the square of their is doubled is E2 . Then E value is
capacities 2

4) inverse proportion to the square root of their 1) 4 2) 3/2 3) 2 4) 1/2

capacities 27. Select correct Statements
21. A parallel plate capacitor is first charged and a) Charge cannot be isolated
then isolated , and a dielectric slab is b) Repulsion is the sure test to know the
introduced between the plates. The quantity presence of charge
that remains unchanged is c) Waxed paper is dielectric in paper capacitor
1) Charge Q 2) Potential V d) Variable capacitor is used in tuning circuits
3) Capacity C 4) Energy U in radio
ENERGY STORED IN A CONDENSER 1) a, b only 2) a, c only
AND TYPES OF CAPACITORS 3) a, b, c only 4) b,c,d only
22. The condenser used in the tuning circuit of 28. A variable parallel plate capacitor and an
radio receiver is electroscope are connected in parallel to a
1) paper condenser 2) electrolytic condenser battery. The reading of the electroscope
3) leyden jar 4) gang condenser would be decreased by
23. Space between the plates of a parallel plate 1) increasing the area of overlap of the plates
capacitor is filled with a dielectric slab. The 2) placing a block of paraffin wax between the
capacitor is charged and then the supply is plates
disconnected to it. If the slab is now taken 3) decreasing the distance between the plates
out then 4) decreasing the battery potential
1) work is not done to take out the slab 29. Three identical capacitors are connected
2) energy stored in the capacitor reduces together differently. For the same voltage to
3) potential difference across the capacitor every combina-tion, the one that stores
is decreased maximum energy is
4) potential difference across the capacitor 1) the three in series 2) the three in parallel
is increased 3) two in series and the third in parallel with it
24. A parallel plate condenser is charged by 4) two in parallel and the third in series with it
connecting it to a battery. The battery is 30. The magnitude of electric field E in the
disconnected and a glas slab is introduced annular region of a charged cylindrical
between the plates. Then capacitor
1) potential increases 1) is same throughout
2) electric intensity increases 2) is higher near the outer cylinder than near the
3) energy decreases inner cylinder
4) capacity decreases 3) varies as 1/r where r is the distance from the
25. A parallel plate condenser is charged by
axis
connecting it to a battery. Without
disconnecting the battery, the space between 4) varies as r where r is the distance from the
the plates is completely filled with a medium axis
of dielectric constant k. Then 31. Two identical capacitors are joined in parallel,
1) potential becomes 1/k times charged to a potential V, separated and then
2) charge becomes k times connected in series i.e., the positive plate of
3) energy becomes 1/k times one is connected to the negative plate of other.
4) electric intensity becomes k times. 1) the charges on the free plates are enhanced
26. A parallel plate capacitor of capacity Co is 2) the charges on the free plates are decreased
charged to a potential Vo. 3) the energy stored in the system increases
A) The energy stored in the capacitor when 4) the potential difference between the free plates
is 2V

85 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
32. Two parallel plate air capacitors are 38. Read the following statements
constructed, one by a pair of iron plates and a) Non polar molecules have uniform charge
the second by a pair of copper plates of same distribution
area and same spacings. Then b) Polar molecules have non - uniform charge
1) the copper plate capacitor has a greater distribution
capacitance than the iron one c) Polar molecules are already polarized
2) both capacitors will have equal non zero d) Molecules are not already polarized without
capacitances, in the uncharged state electric field in Non - polar molecules
3) both capacitors will have equal capacitances 1)only a & b are correct 2)only c & d are correct
only if they are charged equally 3) only c is wrong 4) all are correct
4) the capacitances of the two capacitors are 39. The capacitance of a capacitor depends on
unequal even they are unequally charged 1) the geometry of the plates
33. Select correct statement for a capacitor 2) separation between plates
having capacitance C, is connected to a source 3) the dielectric between the plates
of constant emf E 4) all the above

1) Almost whole of the energy supplied by the
battery will be stored in the capacity, if  
40. The electric field E between two parallel
resistance of connecting wire is negligibly small plates of a capacitor will be uniform if
2) Energy received by the capacitor will be half 1) the plate separation (d) is equal to area of the
of energy supplied by the battery only when the plate (A)
capacitor was initially uncharged 2) the plate separation (d) greater when
3) Strain energy in the capacitor must increases compared to area of the plate (A)
even if the capacitor had an initial charge 3) the plate separation (d) is less when compared
4) Energy stored depends on type of the source to area of the plate (A)
of emf 4) 2 (or) 3
34. Van de Graff genetor is used to : 41. For metals the value of dielectric constant (K)
1) supply electricity for industrial use is
2) produce intense magnetic fields 1) One 2) Infinity 3) Zero 4) Two
3) generate high voltage 42. A capacitor C is connnected to a battery
4) obtain highly penetrating X-rays circuit having two switches S 1 and S 2 and
35. A number of spherical conductors of different
radii have same potential. Then the surface resistors R1 and R 2 . The capacitor will be
charge density on them fully charged when
1) is proportional to their radii R1 S1 S2

2) is inversely proportional to their radii

R2
3) are equal
4) is proportional to square of their radii C

36. Three charged particles are initially in

position 1. They are free to move and they 1) both S 1 and S 2 are closed
come in position 2 after some time. Let U1 2) S 1 is closed and S 2 is open
and U2 be the electrostatic potential energies
in position 1 and 2. Then 3) S 1 is open and S 2 is closed
1) U1 > U2 2) U2 > U1 3) U1 = U2 4) U 2  U1 4) any one of the above
43. Figure shows two capacitors connected in
37. An insulator plate is passed between the plates
series and joined to a cell. The graph shows
of a capacitor. Then current
the variation in potential as one moves from
left to right on the branch containing
A B capacitors.

1) always flows from A to B

2) always flows from B to A
3) first flows from A to B and then from B to A 1) C 1  C 2 2) C 1  C 2 3) C 1  C 2
4) first flows from B to A and then from A to B 4) data insufficient to conclude the answer

86 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
44. Two condensers of unequal capacities are 1) working voltage increases, capacity increases
connected in parallel across a constant voltage 2) working voltage increases, capacity decreases
d.c. source. The ratio of the charges stored 3) working voltage decreases, capacity increases
in the condensers will be 4) working voltage decreases, capacity decreases
1) direct proportion to their capacities 50. Two unequal capacitors, initially uncharged,
2) inverse proportion to their capacities are connected in series across a battery.
3) direct proportion to the square root of their Which of the following is true
capacities 1) The potential across each is the same
4) inverse proportion to the square of their 2) The charge on each is the same
capacities 3) The energy stored in each is the same
45. A parallel plate capacitor is charged and then 4) The equivalent capacitance is the sum of the
isolated. Regarding the effect of increasing two capacitances
the plate separation, select the appropriate 51. Which of the following will not increase the
alternative. capacitance of an air capacitor?
Charge Potential Energy 1) adding a dielectric in the space between the
1) decreases constant decreases plates
2) increases increases increases 2) increasing the area of the plates
3) constant decreases decreases 3) moving the plates closer together
4) constant increases increases 4) increasing the voltage
46. A parallel plate capacitor is charged by 52. In a parallel-plate capacitor, the region
connecting its plates to the terminals of a between the plates is filled by a dielectric slab.
battery. The battery remains connected to The capacitor is connected to a cell and the
the condenser plates and a glass plate is slab is taken out. Then
interposed between the plates of the capacitor, 1) some charge is drawn from the cell
then 2) some charge is returned to the cell
1) the charge increases while the potential 3) the potential difference across the capacitor
difference remains constant is reduced
2) the charge decreases while the potential 4) no work is done by an external agent in taking
difference remains constant the slab out
3) the charge decreases while the potential 53. Which of the following statements are
difference increases correct?
4) the charge increases while the potential a) When capacitors are connected in parallel the
difference decreases effective capacitance is less than the individual
47. A parallel plate capacitor is charged to a fixed capacitances
potential and the charging battery is then b) The capacitances of a parallel plate capacitor
disconnected. If now, the plates of the can be increased by decreasing the separation
capacitor are moved further apart, then of plates
1) the charge on the capacitor increases c) When capacitors are connected in series the
2) the voltage across the capacitor increases effective capacitance is less than the least of the
3) the energy stored in the capacitor decreases individual capacities
4) the capacitance increases d) In a parallel plate capacitor the electrostatic
48. A parallel plate air condenser is charged and energy is stored on the plates
then disconnected from the charging battery. 1) (a) and (b) 2) (a) and (c)
Now the space between the plates is filled 3) (c) and (d) 4) (b) and (c)
with a dielectric then, the electric field 54. Three identical condensers are connected
strength between the plates together in four different ways. First all of
1) increases while its capacity increases them are connected in series and the
2) increases while its capacity decreases equivalent capacity is C1. Next all of them
3) decreases while its capacity increases are connected in parallel and the equivalent
4) decreases while its capacity decreases capacity is C 2 . Next two of them are
49. When two identical condensers are connected connected in series and the third one
in series choose the correct statement connected in parallel to the combination and
regarding the working voltage (the maximum the equivalent capacity is C3. Next two of
p.d. that can be applied to a condenser) and them are connected in parallel and the third
the capacity

87 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
one connected in series with the combination (d) It's plates are short (s) None of the above
and the equivalent capacity is C4. Which of circuited effects
the following is correct ascending order of the 1.a-r, b-p,q, c-s, d-p,q 2.a-r, b-p, c-s, d-q
equivalent capacities? 3.a-r, b-p, c-r, d-q 4.a-s, b-,q, c-s, d-q
1) C1  C3  C4  C2 2) C1  C4  C3  C2 57. The potential across a 3  F capacitor is 12 V
3) C2  C3  C4  C1 4) C2  C4  C3  C1 when it is not connected to anything. It is then
connected in parallel with an uncharged 6  F
55. On a capacitor of capacitance C0 following capacitor. At equilibrium, the charge and
steps are performed in the order as given in potential difference across the capacitor 3
column I.  F and 6  F are listed in column I. Match it
(A) Capacitor is charged by connecting it with column III.
across a battery of emf E0 Column-I Column-II
(B) Dielectric of dielectric constant K and (a) charge on 3  F capacitor (p) 12  C
thickness d is inserted 
(b) charge on 6 F capacitor (q)24  F
(C) Capacitor is disconnected from battery
(c) potential difference across 3  F (r) 8 V
(D) Separation between plates is doubled
Column-I Column-II capacitor
(Steps performed) (Final value of (d) potential difference across 6  F (s) 4 V
Quantity (Symbols have capacitor
usual meaning) 1) a-r, b-p, c-s, d-q 2) a-p, b-q, c-s, d-s
C0 E0 3) a-r, b-p, c-q, d-q 4) a-r, b-q, c-s, d-q
(a) (A)(D)(C)(B) (p) Q  58. Some events related to a capacitor are listed
2
in column-I. Match these with their effect(s)
KC0 E0
(b) (D)(A)(C)(B) (q) Q  in column - II
K 1 Column-I Column-II
KC0 (a) Insertion of dielectric (p) Eelctric field
(c) (B)(A)(C)(D) (r) C  while battery between
K 1
plates changes
E0 ( K  1) remain attached
(d) (A)(B)(D)(C) (s) V 
2K (b) Removal of dielectric (q) Charge present on
1) a-p,r,s, b-p,r,s, c-r, d-q,r while battery plates changes
2) a-p, b-p,r c-r, d-q, is not present
3) a-p,s, b-r,s, c-r, d-q, (c) Slow decrease in (r) Energy stored in
4) a-r,s, b-s, c-r, d-q,r separation between capacitor increases
56. In the circuit, both capacitors are indentical. plates while battery is
Column I indicates action done on capacitors attached
1 and Column II indicates effect on capacitor (d) Slow increase of (s) Work done by
2 separation between capacitor agent is
(1) (2) plates while battery positive
is not present

Column-I Column-II
(a) Plates are moved (p)Amount of charge
further apart on left plate
increases
(b) Area increased (q) Potential difference 1) a-r, b-p,, c-p,q,s, d-q
increases 2) a-p, b-p,, c-r,s, d-s
(c) Left plate is earthed (r) Amount of charge 3) a-q,r, b-p,r,s c-p,q,r, d-r,s
on right plate 4) a-r, p,b-q,, c-s, d-q
decreases
88 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
59. The effective capacity of the following battery remains connected. Due to this
capacitors is ________ inserting some physical quantities may change
which are mentioned in Column-I and the
2c effect is mentioned in Column-II.Match the
e) Column I with Column-II
3

f) 2C A

e
K
g) 3C B

5C Column-I Column-II
h) (a) Charge on A (p) Increases
2
(b) Charge on B (q) Decreases
3C (c) Potential difference
i) across A (r) Remains constant
2
1) a  g , b  f , c  e, d  i (d) Potential difference
across B (s) Will change
2) a  g , b  h, c  e, d  i
1) a-r, b-p, c-s, d-q 2) a-p,s b-q,s, c-q,s d-q,s
3) a  i, b  h, c  e, d  g 3) a-r, b-p, c-q, d-q 4) a-r, b-q, c-s, d-q
4) a  g , b  e, c  h, d  i 62. Match the following
60. The circuit involves two ideal cells connected Set -I Set-II
a) Electrolyte e) Radio circuits
to a 1  F capacitor via key K. Initially the
Capacitors & cheap in cost
key K is in position 1 and the capacitor is
b) Paper Capacitor f) Proper Polarity
charged fully by 2V cell. The key is pushed to
high capacitance
position 2. Column I gives physical quantities
involving the circuit after the key is pushed of order 103  F
from position 1. Column.II gives corresponding c) Multiple g)High frequency
results. Match the column-I with Column-II Capacitor oscillating circuits
C = 1mF d) Variable h) Tuning circuits
Capacitor in radio & T.V
4V receivers
2V
K
1) a  f , b  g , c  h, d  e
2) a  g , b  f , c  e, d  h
1 2
3) a  f , b  e, c  g , d  h
Column-I Column-II 4) a  h, b  e, c  f , d  g
(a) The net charge crossing the 63. Column - I Column - II
4 volt cell in  C is (p) 2 A) electrical potential p) vector
(b) The magnitude of work done 1 2
by 4 volt cell in  J is (q) 6 B) energy stored in a q) CV
2
(c) The gain in potential energy of condenser
capacitor in  J is (r) 8 C) force between two r) scalar
(d) The net heat produced in 1
D) electric capacity s) 0 E 2 A
circuit in  J is (s) 16 2
1) a-r, b-p, c-s, d-q 2) a-p, b-r, c-q, d-p capacitor plates
3) a-r, b-p, c-q, d-q 4) a-r, b-q, c-s, d-q A B C D
61. Two identical capacitors A and B are 1) r q,r p,s r
connected to a battery of emf E as shown in 2) r q,r p,q s
figure. Now a dielectric slab is inserted 3) q,r p,q r,s s
between the plates of capacitor B while 4) p,q r q,r s

89 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
ASSERTION & REASONING the slab was inserted, the energy stored in the
1) Both A and R false capacitor with the dielectric is decreased.
2) Both A and R true and R is not correct Reason: When we insert a dielectric between
reason for A the plates of a capacitor, the induced charges
3) A is true and R is false tend to draw in the dielectric into the field
4) Both A and R are true and R is correct (just as neutral objects are attracted by
reason of A. charged objects due to induction). We resist
64. Assertion (A) : The strength of electric filed this force while slowly inserting the dielectric,
in the charged and isolated capacitor is and thus do negative work on the system,
decreased when the dielectric slab is inserted. removing electrostatic energy from the
Reason(R): When the dielctric slab is inserted system.
between the plates of a charged capacitor, 70. Statement ' A ' : The energy stored gets
electricfield produced due to induced charge, reduced by a factor ' K ' when the battery is
opposite to the external field. disconnected after charging the capacitor and
65. Assertion: If temperature is increased, the then the dielectric is introduced
dielectric constant of a polar dielectric Statement ' B ' : The energy stored in the
decreases whereas that of a non-polar capacitor increases by a factor ' k ' when a
dielectric does not change significantly
dielectric is introduced between the plates
Reason: The magnitude of dipole moment of
individual polar molecule decreases with the battery present in the circuit
significantly with increase in temperature. 71. Assertion (A): A metallic sheild in form of a
66. Assertion: The heat produced by a resistor in hollow shell may be built to block an electric
any time t during the charging of a capacitor field.
in a series circuit is half the energy stored in Reason (R): In a hollow spherical sheild, the
the capacitor by that time. electric field inside it is zero at every point.
Reason: Current in the circuit is equal to the 72. Assertion (A): When two spheres carrying
rate of increase in charge on the capacitor. same charge but a different radii are
67. Assertion: A dielectric is inserted between the connected by a conducting wire, the charge
plates of an isolated fully-charged capacitor. flows fromsmaller sphere to large sphere.
The dielectric completely fills the space Reason (R): Smaller sphere is at high potential
between the plates. The magnitude of when equal charges are imparted to both the
electrostatic force on either metal plate spheres
decreases, as it was before the insertion of 73. Assertion (A): Two capacitors are connected
dielectric medium. in par allel to a battery. If a dielectric medium
Reason: Due to insertion of dielectric slab is inserted between the plates of one of the
in an isolated parallel plate capacitor (the capacitors then the energy stored in the
dielectric completely fills the space between system will increase
the plates), the electrostatic potential energy Reason (R): On inserting dielectric medium
of the capacitor decreases. between the plates of a capacitors, its capacity
68. Assertion: If the potential difference across increases
a plane parallel plate capacitor is doubled then 74. Assertion (A): When a charged capacitor is
the potential energy of the capacitor is discharged through a resistor, heat is produced
doubled then the potential energy of the in the resistor
capacitor becomes four times under all Reason (R): In charging a capacitor, energy
conditions is stored in the capacitor.
Reason: The potential energy U stored in the 75. Assertion (A): A capacitor of capacitance C
1 is connected across a battery of potential
capacitor is U  CV , where C and V have
2
difference V. The energy stored in the
2
usual meaning. 1 2
capacitor is CV
69. Assertion: A parallel plate capacitor is 2
charged to a potential difference of 100V, and Reason (R): The energy supplied by the
disconnected from the voltage source. A slab 1 2
of dielectric is then slowly inserted between battery is CV
the plates. Compared to the energy before 2

90 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
76. Assertion (A): Two metal plates each of area
A form a parallel plate capacitor. Now one LEVEL - I (C.W)
plate is displaced up, then the capacitance of CAPACITANCE
capacitor decreases. 1. The capacity of a parallel plate condenser
Reason (R): Due to displacing one plate, the consisting of two plates each 10 cm square
overlapping area decreases, capacitance and are seperated by a distance of 2 mm is
 A (Take air as the medium between the plates)
C  0 decreases. 1) 8.85 1013 F 2) 4.42 1012 F
d
77. Assertion (A): Two plates of a parallel plate 3) 44.25 1012 F 4) 88.5 1013 F
capacitor are drawn apart, keeping them 2. Sixty four spherical drops each of radius 2 cm
connected to a battery. Next the same plates and carrying 5C charge combine to form a
are drawn apart from the same initial bigger drop. Its capacity is
condition, keeping the battery disconnected, 8 11
1)  10 F 2) 90 1011 F 3) 1.11011 F 4) 9 1011 F
then the work done in both cases are same. 9
Reason (R): Capacitor plates have same 3. A highly conducting sheet of aluminium foil of
charge in both cases and displacements of negligible thickness is placed between the
plates of a parallel plate capacitor. The foil is
plates in both cases are also same.
parallel to the plates. If the capacitance before
78. Assertion (A) : Two metallic plates placed the insertion of foil was 10  F, its value after
side by side form three capacitors. the insertion of foil will be
Reason (R) : The infinity and first face of first 1) 20  F 2) 10  F 3) 5  F 4) Zero
plate is one capacitor, the second face of first 4. Two metal plates are separated by a distance
plate and first face of second plate forms d in a parallel plate condenser. A metal plate
second capacitor and the second face of of thickness t and of the same area is inserted
second plate and infinity forms the third between the condenser plates. The value of
capacitor, but the capacitance of first and third capacitance increases by ...... times
capacitance are extremely small 1
d t  t  t
79. Statement ' A ' : The energy stored gets 1) 2) 1  d  3)  t  d  4)  1  t 
d      d
reduced by a factor ' K ' when the battery is
disconnected after charging the capacitor and 5. A radio capacitor of variable capacitance is
then the dielectric is introduced made of n parallel plates each of area A and
separated from each other by a distance d.
Statement ' B ' : The energy stored in the The alternate plates are connected together.
capacitor increases by a factor ' k ' when a The capacitance of the combination is
dielectric is introduced between the plates n A o  n  1 A o  2n  1 A o  n  2  A o
with the battery present in the circuit 1) 2) 3) 4)
d d d d
C. U.Q - KEY 6. The radius of the circular plates of a parallel
plate condenser is ‘r’. Air is there as the
1) 2 2) 1 3) 2 4) 4 5) 3 6) 1
dielectric. The distance between the plates if
7) 3 8) 1 9) 4 10) 2 11) 2 12) 2 its capacitance is equal to that of an isolated
13) 1 14) 1 15) 1 16) 1 17) 4 18) 4 sphere of radius r' is
19) 3 20) 2 21) 1 22) 4 23) 4 24) 3
r2 r2 r r2
25) 2 26) 1 27) 4 28) 4 29) 2 30) 3 1) 2) 3) 4)
4r ' r' r' 4
31) 4 32) 2 33) 3 34) 3 35) 2 36) 1
CAPACITORS IN SERIES AND IN
37) 4 38) 4 39) 4 40) 3 41) 2 42) 2
43) 3 44) 1 45) 4 46) 1 47) 2 48) 3
PARALLEL
7. When two capacitors are joined in series the
49) 2 50) 2 51) 4 52) 2 53) 4 54) 2
55) 1 56) 1 57) 2 58) 3 59) 1 60) 2 resultance capacity is 2.4 F and when the same
two are joined in parallel the resultant
61) 2 62) 3 63) 1 64) 4 65) 3 66) 4
67) 4 68) 4 69) 1 70) 4 71) 1 72) 1 capacity is 10 F . Their individual capacities are
73) 1 74) 2 75) 3 76) 1 77) 4 78) 1 1) 7  F , 3 F 2) 1 F , 9 F
79) 4 3) 6 F , 4 F 4 8 F , 2  F

91 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
8. Three condensers 1 F , 2  F and 3 F are LEVEL - I (C.W ) - KEY
connected in series to a p.d. of 330 volt. The 1) 2 2) 1 3) 2 4) 4 5) 2 6) 1
p.d across the plates of 3 F is 7) 3 8) 3 9) 1 10) 3 11) 1 12) 2
1) 180 V 2) 300 V 3) 60 V 4) 270 V 13) 2 14) 1 15) 1 16) 2
9. The effective capacitance between the point
P and Q in the given figure is LEVEL - I (C.W ) - HINTS
4 F
0 A
1. C
1) 4  F 2) 16  F P Q d
4 F 10F 4F 1
3) 26  F 4) 10  F 2. C n C
1 3
4F
10. The equivalent capacitance between P and Q
is 0 A
10F 10F 10F 10F 4. C ;k = 
P t
5F 5F 5 F d t 
10F k
Q 5. Due to n plates n-1 capacitors are formed
1) 10  F 2) 20  F 3) 5  F 4) 15  F o   r 2  r2
11. The equivalent capacity between the points 6. d
 4  o r 1 d 
4r1
X and Y in the circuit with C  1 F (2007M)
C1C2
C
7. CS  ; C1  C2  CP
C1  C2
1) 2  F 2) 3 F X C Y
Q  Ceff V Q  C1V
8.
3) 1 F 4) 0.5 F C C1C2 C3C4
12. The equivalent capacitance of the network 9. C1  C 11 
given below is 1  F. The value of ‘C’ is C1  C2 C3  C4
1.5F
3F
Ceff  C1  C11
3F
P Q 10  10
10. From Left C   5 F
10  10
C
1) 3  F 2) 1.5  F 3) 2.5  F 4) 1  F C 1  5  5  10 F
13. Three capacitors of 3 F , 2 F and 6 F are
connected in series. When a battery of 10V is 10  10
C11   5 F and so on
connected to this combination then charge on 10  10
3 F capacitor will be 10  10
1) 5C 2) 10 C 3) 15 C 4) 20C finally Ceff   5 F
10  10
ENERGY STORED IN ACONDENSER, 11. Ceff  C1  C2
TYPES OF CAPACITORS
14. Two spheres of radii 12 cm and 16 cm have 12. 1.5 c, c are in parallel ;
equal charge. The ratio of their energies is its effective capacitance 1.5 + c
1) 3 : 4 2) 4 : 3 3) 1 : 2 4) 2 : 1 1.5+c, 3 F , 3 F are in series
15. A condenser of capacity 10  F is charged to
a potential of 500 V. Its terminals are then 13. In series charge constant Q  Ceff V
connected to those of an uncharged condenser q2 1
of capacity 40  F. The loss of energy in 14. U = , U
connecting them together is 2C r
1) 1J 2) 2.5J 3) 10J 4) 12 J 1 C1C2
15. E  2 C  C V1  V2 
2
16. A 2 F condenser is charged to 500V and then
the plates are joined through a resistance. The 1 2

heat produced in the resistance in joule is 1 2

1) 50 102 Joule 2) 25 102 Joule 16. Energy Stored = cv
2
3) 0.25 102 Joule 4) 0.5 102 Joule

92 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
9. Two capacitors with capacitances C1 and C2
LEVEL - I (H.W)
are charged to potentials V1 and V2
CAPACITANCE respectively. When they are connected in
1. The charge stored in a capacitor is 20C and parallel the ratio of their respective charges
the potential difference across the plates is is
500 V. Its capacity is C1 V1 V12 C12
1) 0.04 F 2) 10  F 3) 2  10  F 4) 250 F
2 6 1) C2 2) V2 3) V22 4) C22
2. An oil condenser has a capacity of 100 F . The 10. The equivalent capacitance between P and Q
oil has dielectric constant 2. When the oil leaks of the given figure is (the capacitance of each
out its new capacity is capacitor is 1 F )
1) 200 F 2) 0.02  F 3) 50 F 4) 0.5 F C C
3. A dielectric of thickness 5cm and dielectric P C C
constant 10 is introduced between the plates O O
of a parallel plate capacitor having plate area
500 sq. cm and separation between the plates C C
10cm. The capacitance of the capacitor with 1) 2  F 2) 0.5 F 3) 5 F 4) 0.2 F
dielectric slab is 11. The resultant capacity between the points P
 0  8.8 10 C / N  m 
12 2 2 and Q of the given figure is
4F P 2F
1) 4.4 pF 2) 6.2 pF 3) 8 pF 4) 10 pF
4. The capacitance of a sphere of radius 10cm 16
situated in air is approximately 1) 4 F 2) F
3
1) 11106 F 2) 11 10 9 F 3) 11  10 12 F 4) Zero
3) 1.6 F 4) 1 F 4F Q
CAPACITORS IN SERIES AND IN
12. Charge ‘Q’ taken from the batteryof 12V in
PARALLEL the circuit is
5. The ratio of the resultant capacities when 12V

three capacitors of 2  F , 4 F and 6 F are 3F 6F

connected first in series and then in parallel 1) 72  C 2) 36  C
is
1) 1 : 11 2) 11 : 1 3) 12 : 1 4) 1 : 12 3) 156  C 4)20  C
4F
6. A condenser A of capacity 4  F has a charge 13. If 3 capacitors of values 1, 2 and 3  F are
20  C and another condenser B of capacity available. The maximum and minimum values
10  F has a charge 40  C . If they are of capacitances one can obtain by different
connected parallel, then combinations of the three capacitors together
1) charge flows from B to A till the charges on are respectively .... and
them are equal. 6 11
2) charge flows from B to A till common poten 1) 6 F ,  F 2) 6 F ,  F
11 6
tial is reached 3) 3 F ,1 F 4) 4 F , 2 F
3) charge flows from A to B till common
potential is reached ENERGY STORED IN ACONDENSER,
4) charge flows from A to B till charges on them TYPES OF CAPACITORS
are equal. 14. A capacitor of 8 micro farad is charged to a
7. A capacitor of 30  F charged to 100 V is potential of 1000V. The energy stored in the
conncected in parallel to capacitor of 20  F capacitor is
charged to 50 volt. The common potential is 1) 8 J 2) 12 J 3) 2 J 4) 4 J
1) 75 V 2) 150 V 3) 50 V 4) 80 V 15. A condenser is charged to a p.d. of 120 volt.
8. The equivalent capacity between the points Its energy is 1  10 5 joule . If the battery is
‘A’ and ‘B’ in the following figure will be there and the space between plates is filled
up with a dielectric medium   r  5 , its new
A energy is
1) 105 J 2) 2 105 J 3) 3  1 0  5 J 4) 5 105 J
1) 3C 2) C/3 3)3/C 4) 1/3C

93 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
16. The plates of a parallel plate capacitor have
LEVEL - II (C.W)
an area of 90 cm 2 each and are separated by
2 mm. The capacitor is charged by connecting CAPACITANCE
if to a 400 V supply. Then the density of the 1. A parallel plate condenser has initially air
energy stored in the capacitor medium between the plates. If a slab of
 o  8.8 10 12 F / m  dieletric constant 5 having thickness half the
distance of seperation between the plates is
1) 0.113Jm 3 2) 0.117 Jm 3 introduced, the percentage increase in its
capacity is
3) 0.152 Jm 3 4) 0.226 Jm 3 1) 33.3% 2) 66.7% 3) 50% 4) 75%
LEVEL - I ( H.W ) - KEY 2. When a dielectric slab of thickness 4 cm is
introduced between the plates of parallel plate
1) 1 2) 3 3) 3 4) 3 5) 1 6) 3 condenser, it is found the distance between
7) 4 8) 1 9) 1 10) 2 11) 1 12) 1 the plates has to be increased by 3cm to
13) 1 14) 4 15) 4 16) 2 restore to capacity to original value. The
dielectric constant of the slab is
LEVEL - I ( H.W ) - HINTS 1) 1/4 2) 4 3) 3 4) 1
q 3. The area of the positive plate is A1 and the
1. C
V area of the negative plate is A 2 ( A 2 < A1 ) .
C'
2. C They are parallel to each other and are
K separated by a distance d . The capacity of a
0 A condenser with air as dielectric is
3. C
t  0 A1  0 A2  0 A1 A 2  0 A1
d t 
k 1) 2) 3) 4) A d
d d d 2
4. C  4 0 R
4. The cross section of a cable is shown in fig.
1 1 1 1 The inner conductor has a radius of 10 mm
5.    C p  C 1  C2  C3
Cs C1 C2 C3 and the dielectric has a thickness of 5 mm.
The cable is 8 km long. Then the capacitance
C1V1  C2V2
6. In parallel potential constant V  C1  C2 of the cable is  log e 1.5  0.4
then find charges q11  C1V , q12  C2V 1) 3.8 F 2) 1.1 F 3) 4.8 1010 F 4) 3.3 F
C V  C2V2 CAPACITORS IN SERIES AND IN
7. V 1 1 PARALLEL
C1  C2
8. Capacitors are in parallel 5. Two condensers of capacity C and 2C are
connected in parallel and these are charged
9. Parallel potential constant and Q  C
upto V volt. If the battery is removed and
10. C1  C  C ; C2  C ; C3  C  C dielectric medium of constant K is put between
1 1 1 1 the plates of first condenser, then the potential
   at each condenser is
Ceff C1 C2 C3
V k 2V 3V
4 4 1) 2) 2  3) 4)
C1  k2 3V k2 k2
11. ; C2  2  F ; Ceff  C1  C2 6. Given a number of capacitors labelled as C,V.
44
63 Find the minimum number of capacitors
12. Ceff   4 ; Q  Ceff V needed to get an arrangement equivalent to
63
13. For maximum capacitors are parallel Cnet , Vnet
For minimum capacirots are in sseries
C Vnet 2 C V2
14. U = 1/2 CV 2 1) n  net  2) n  
C V2 Cnet Vnet 2
15. E1   r  E
C V Cnet Vnet
1
U  o E 2 , E 
V 3) n  C 
Vnet 4) n  
16. net C V
2 d

94 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
7. Two capacitors of capacities 3 F and 6  F 13. The equivalent capacity of the infinite net work
are connected in series and connected to shown in the figure (across AB) is (Capacity
of each capacitor is 1  F)
120V. The potential difference across 3 F
is V0 and the charge here is q0 . We have
A) q0  40  C B) V0  60V
C) V0  80V D) q0  240  C
1) A, C are correct 2) A, B are correct  3 1   3 1 
1)  2) 1 F 3)    F 4)    F
3) B, D are correct 4) C, D are correct  2   2 
8. n Capacitors of 2  F each are connected in 14. The extra charge flowing through the cell on
parallel and a p.d of 200v is applied to the closing the key k is equal to k
combination. The total charge on them was C
1c then n is equal to
1) 3333 2) 3000 3) 2500 4) 25 CV C C

9. An infinite number of identical capacitors each 1) 2) 4 CV

4 C
of capacitance 1 mF are connected as shown 4 3
in the figure. Then the equivalent capacitance 3) CV 4) CV V

between A and B is 3 4
LEVEL - II (C. W ) - KEY
1) 2 2) 2 3) 2 4) 1 5) 4 6) 1
7) 4 8) 3 9) 2 10) 2 11) 3 12) 1
13) 3 14) 1
1) 1 mF 2) 2 mF 8 Capacitors
LEVEL - II (C. W ) - HINTS
16 Capacitors
3) ½ mF 4) 0.75 mF 0 A C  0 A
1. C0  ;
A B
d d  t 1  1/ k 
ENERGY STORED IN A CONDENSER
TYPES OF CAPACITORS C  C0
C %   100%
10. Two capacitors of capacites 1  F and C  F C0
are connected in series and the combination 0 A  A
is charged to a potential difference of 120 V. 2. C  0
d  t 1  1/ k  d  d '
If the charge on the combition is 80  C , the
energy stored in the capacitor C in micro joules 3. Effective area only  A2
is : Ko 2l
1) 1800 2) 1600 3) 14400 4) 7200 4. C
ln  b / a 
11. A parallel capacitor of capacitance C is
charged and disconnected from the battery. 5. Q = constant , CV + 2CV = KCV |  2CV |
The energy stored in it is E. If a dielectric Q Q2
slab of dielectric constant 6 is inserted 6. F 
2 0 2 0 A
between the plates of the capacitor then
energy and capacitance will become  CC 
1) 6E, 6C 2) E, C 3) E/6, 6C 4) E, 6C 7. Q   1 2 V
12. In the circuit diagram given below, the value  C1  C2 
of the potential difference across the plates 8. Q  nCV
of the capacitors are C C
12kv 9. CR  C    ......
2 4
1 1  C2V2
10. CV
3F 7F

q2 q2
13kv 11. U  ,U f 
1) 17.5 KV, 7.5 KV 2) 10 KV, 15 KV 2C 2 KC
3) 5 KV, 20 KV 4) 16.5 KV, 8.5KV 12. By Kirchoff loop theorem

95 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS

q q q q
12   13   0 ; V3  , V4 
3 7 3 7
13. Between D & E effective capacitance is x d K1 K2
1
11  x
x 1
3 3 A 0 2A 0
14. Cnet  C ; when key was open q  CV 1)  K1  K 2  2)  K1  K 2 
d d
4 4
when key was closed 3C becomes short A 0 2 A 0 K1 K 2
3)  K1  K 2  4) d
.
K1  K 2
circuited. Net charge on C is now q '  CV 2d
5. ‘A’ and ‘B’ are two condensers of capacities
CV
q  q '  q  2  F and 4  F. They are charged to potential
4 differences of 12V and 6V respectively. If
LEVEL - II (H.W) they are now connected (+ve to +ve), the
charge that flows through the connecting wire
CAPACITANCE is
1. The capacity of a condenser A is 10 F and it 1) 24  C from A to B 2) 8  C from A to B
is charged to a battery of 100 volt. The battery 3) 8  C from B to A 4) 24  C from B to A
is disconnected and the condenser A is 6. Force of attraction between the plates of a
connected to a condenser B the common parallel plate capacitor is
potential is 40V. The capacity of B is q2 q2 q q2
1) 8 F 2) 15 F 3) 2 F 4) 1 F 1) 2 A 2)  A 3) 2 A 4) 2 A2
0 0 0 0
2. A parallel plate capacitor has the space 7. Seven capacitors each of capacitance 2  F
between its plates filled by two slabs of are to be connected in a configuration to
d 10
thickness each and dielectric constant K1 obtain an effective capacitance of F .
2 11
and K 2 . d is the plate separation of the Which of the combination shown in figure will
capacitor. The capacitance of the capacitor is achieve the desired result

2 0 A  K1  K 2  2 0 A 1) 2)
1) 
d  K1 K 2 
 2)  K1  K 2 
d
2 0 A  K1 K 2  2 0 d  K1  K 2  3) 4)
3) 
d  K1  K 2 
 4) 
A  K1 K 2 


3. An isolated capacitor of capacitance ‘C’ is 8. The equivalent capacitance between ‘A’ and
charged to a potential ‘V’. Then a dielectric ‘B’ in the adjoining figure is
slab of dielectric constant K is inserted as 3F
A B
shown in fig. The net charge on four surfaces
1,2,3 and 4 would be respectively.
9F 9F
CV CV
1) 0, CV,-CV, 0 2) 0, , ,0
K K 9F
CV CV
3) CV, 0, 0, -CV 4) CV, , , CV
K K 51
1) F 2) 6 F 3) 30 F 4) 12 F
CAPACITORS IN SERIES AND IN 30
PARALLEL NERGY STORED IN A CONDENSER
4. A parallel plate capacitor with plate area ‘A’ TYPES OF CAPACITORS
and separation ‘d’ is filled with two dielectrics 9. A capacitor 4  F charged to 50V is connected
of dielectric constants K1 and K 2 . If the to another capacitor 2  F charged to 100V .
permittivity of free space is 0 , the The total energy of combination is
capacitance of the capacitor is given by

96 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
+ –
C1C2 q
q  CV  C  C .V .  Vo  C
6.
1 2 1
7. Verify the cases individually
1) 13.3  10 3 J 2) 20 103 J
Ceff  nc ; Q  Ceff V
3) 5  10  3 J 4) 10 10 3 J 8. Resultant capacitance of 9  F , 9  F and 9  F
+ –
is in parallel to 3  F .
10. A 4  F capacitor is charged by a 200V C1V1  C2V2 1
battery. It is then disconnected from the 9. V  C  C ; U   C1  C2  V
2

1 2 2
supply and is connected to another uncharged
1 C1 C 2
2  F capacitor. During this process, Loss of 10.  U  V1  V2  ; U  1  C1  C2 V 2
2

energy (in J) is 2 C1  C 2 2
1) Zero 2) 5.33 x 10 -2
11. E  Q 2

3)4 x 10-2 4) 2.67 x 10-2 q q

11. A capacitor of capacitance C has charge Q 12. Ceq   
VM  VN 0
and stored energy W . If the charge is
increased 2Q the stored energy would be LEVEL - III
1) W 4 2) W 2 3) 2W 4) 4W 1. The time in seconds required to produce a P.D
12. The equivalent capacitance between points M at 20V across a capacitor at 1000  F when
and N is C 1 it is charged at the steady rate of 200  C / sec
N is
1) 50 2) 100 3) 150 4) 200
C2
1) Infinity 2) C1  C M
2. A parallel plate capacitor of capacity 5 F and
1 C2 plate separation 6cm is connected to a 1V
C1C2 C1C2 battery and is charged. A dielectric of
3) C  C 4) C  C
1 2 1 2 dielectric constant 4 and thickness 4 cm is
LEVEL - II ( H. W ) - KEY introduced into the capacitor. The additional
charge that flows into the capacitor from the
1) 2 2) 3 3) 2 4) 3 5) 2 6) 1 battery is
7) 1 8) 2 9) 1 10) 4 11) 4 12) 1 1) 2 C 2) 3C 3) 5C 4) 10 C
LEVEL - II ( H. W ) - HINTS 3. The force between the plates of a parallel
plate capacitor of capacitance C and distance
c1v1  c2 v2 of separation of the plates d with a potential
1. V
c1  c2 difference V between the plates, is
1 1 1 A Kk 2 A o 1)
CV 2 2 2
2) C V 3)
C 2V 2
4)
V 2d
2.   ; C1  o 1  k1 2d d2 C
C C1 C2 d 2 d 2d 2
4. Two identical capacitors are connected as
2 A o show in the figure. A dielectric slab is
C2  k2
d introduced between the plates of one of the
3. Due to polarization, charge on dielectric slab capacitors so as to fill the gap, the battery
 1 remaining connected. The charge on each
would be CV 1   capacitor will be (charge on each condenser
 K is q0 ; k = dielectric constant )
 A  A
k1 o   k2 o  
4. C1 
2
 ; C  2 I
2
d d
C1 and C2 connected in parallel.. 2 q0 q0 2V
B
1) 2)
5 Charge flow Q  C1 V1  Vo  1  1k 1  1k
II
where Vo  common potential 2q0 q0
3) 4)
t  thickness of metal sheet 1 k 1 k

97 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
5. Two identical capacitors 1 and 2 are connected 10. A capacitor is filled with an insulator and a
in series to a battery as shown in figure. certain potential difference is applied to its
plates. The energy stored in the capacitor is
Capacitor 2 contains a dielectric slab of U. Now the capacitor is disconnected from the
dielectric constant K as shown. Q1 and Q2 source and the insulator is pulled out of the
are the charges stored in the capacitors. Now capacitor. The work performed against the
the dielectric slab is removed and the forces of electric field in pulling out the
insulator is 4U. Then dielectric constant of
corresponding charges are Q '1 and Q ' 2 . the insulator is
1) 4 2) 8 3) 5 4) 3
Then 11. A capacitor of capacitance C is charged to a
potential difference V from a cell and then
1Q/ K 1 Q/ 2 K 1 disconnected from it. A charge +Q is now
1) Q  K 2) Q  2 given to its positive plate. The potential
1 2
difference across the capacitor is now
Q/ 2 K  1 Q/2 K B
3)  4) Q  2 Q Q Q
Q2 2K 2
1) V 2) V  3) V  4) V  , ifV  CV
6. A capacitor of capacitance 1  F withstands C 2C C
a maximum voltage of 6 kV, while another 12. A parallel plate capacitor with plates
separated by air acquires 1  C of charge
capacitor of capacitance 2  F withstands a
when connected to a battery of 500V. The
maximum voltage of 4 kV. If they are plates still connected to the battery are then
connected in series, the combination can immersed in benzene [ k = 2.28]. Then a
withstand a maximum voltage of charge that flows from the battery is
1) 3 kV 2) 6 kV 3) 10 kV 4) 9 kV 1) 1.28  C 2) 2.28  C 3) 1 / 4  C 4) 4.56  C
7. Energy ‘E’ is stored in a parallel plate 13. An air capacitor with plates of area 1 m2 and
capacitor ‘C 1 ’. An identical uncharged 0.01 metre apart is charged with 106 C of
capacitor ‘C2’ is connected to it, kept in electricity. When the capacitor is submerged
in oil of relative permittivity 2, then the energy
contact with it for a while and then decreases by
disconnected, the energy stored in C2 is 1) 20 % 2) 50 % 3) 60 % 4) 75 %
1) E/2 2) E/3 3) E/4 4) Zero 14. Three uncharged capacitors of capacities
8. A parallel plate capacitor has area of each C1,C2 and C3 are connected as shown in the
plate A, the separation between the plates is figure to one another and the point. A, B and
C are at potentials V1,V2 and V3 respectively.
d . It is charged to a potential V and then Then the potential at O will be
disconnected from the battery. The amount A

of work done in the filling the capacitor

C1
Completely with a dielectric constant k is V1C1  V2C2  V3C3 V1  V2  V3
1) C1  C2  C3 2) C  C  C O
1  0 AV 2  1  1 V 2 0 A 1 2 3 C2 C3
1) 1 2)
2 d  k 2  2 kd V1 V2  V3  V1V2V3
3) C1  C2  C3  4) C1C2C3 B C
1 V 2 0 A 1  0 AV 2  1  15. In the given figure the capacitor of plate area
3) 4) 1 A is charged upto charge q. The ratio of
2 k 2d 2 d  K 
elongations (neglect force of gravity) in
9. A capacitor of capacitance 10  F is charged springs C and D at equilibrium position is
to a potential 50 V with a battery. The
battery is now disconnected and an additional
k2 k1
charge 200  C is given to the positive plate k1 k2
of the capacitor. The potential difference 1) k 2) k
2 1 D C
across the capacitor will be k1
1) 50 V 2) 80 V 3) 100V 4) 60 V 3) k1k2 4)
k2

98 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
16. If metal section of shape H is inserted in 22. A capacitor is connected with a battery and
between two parallel plates as shown in figure stores energy U. After removing the battery,
and A is the area of each plate then the it is connected with another similar capacitor
equivalent capacitance is in parallel. The new stored energy in each
capacitor will be
U U 3U
1) 2) U 3) 4)
A 0 A 0 A 0 a b 2 4 2
1)  2) 23. A parallel plate condenser with a dielectric of
a b ab
dielectric constant K between the plates has
A 0 A 0 A 0
3)  4) a capacity C and is charged to a potential V
a b ab volts. The dielectric slab is slowly removed
17. The equivalent capacitance C AB of the circuit from between the plates and then reinserted.
shown in the figure is C The net work done by the system in this
C C C C process is
5 4 A B 1
1)  K  1 CV 2) CV 2  K  1 / K
2
1) C 2) C C C
4 5 C C C C
2
3) 2 C 4) C C 3)  K  1 CV 2 4) zero
18. A solid conducting sphere of radius 10cm is 24. A fully charged capacitor has a capacitance
enclosed by a thin metallic shell of radius
C. It is discharged through a small coil of
20cm. A charge q=20  C is given to the inner resistance wire embedded in a thermally
sphere. The heat generated in the process is insulated block of specific heat capacity s and
1) 12 J 2) 9 J 3) 24 J 4) zero mass m. If the temperature of the block is
19. A condenser of capacity 500  F is charged raised by T , the potential difference V
at the rate of 400  C per second. The time across the capacitor is
required to raise its potential by 40V is 2mC T mC T msT 2msT
1) 50 s 2) 100 s 3) 20 s 4) 10 s 1) 2) 3) 4)
20. In the figure shown the effective capacity s s C C
across P and Q is (the area of each plate is ‘a’) 25. A parallel plate capacitor of capacity 100  F
P
is charged by a battery at 50 volts. The
K
d battery remains connected and if the plates
of the capacitor are separated so that the
2
K 2
d 1
d
3 K
2
distance between them is halved the original
distance, the additional energy gives by the
battery to the capacitor in Joules is ......
Q
a 0  K1 K 2 K3  a 0  K 2 K1 K 3  1) 125  10 3 2) 12.5  103

1) d  2 K  K  2) 2d  2 K  K  
 2 3  1 3 3) 1.25  10 3 4) 0.125  103
a 0  K3 K1 K 2  a 0  K1 K1  K 2  26. The equivalent capacity between the points
3) 3d  2  K  K  4) d  2  K K  A and B in the adjoining circuit will be
 1 2   2 3 
C
21. Two capacitors C1  2 F and C2  6  F in B

series, are connected in parallel to a third C

capacitor C3  4  F . This arrangement is then C

connected to a battery of e.m.f.=2 V, as shown 1) C 2) 2C C C

C
C C

in figure. The energy lost by the battery in

charging the capacitors is C C
1 2
3) 3C 4) 4 A
C

27. A parallel plate capacitor with air as medium

C3 between the plates has a capacitance of 10
 F. The area of the capacitor is divided into
1) 22 106 J 2) 11106 J two equal halves and filled with two media
 32  6  16  6 2V
having dielectric constant K1  2 and K 2  4 .
3)  3   10 J 4)  3  10 J The capacitance will now be
   
1) 10  F 2) 20  F 3) 30  F 4) 40  F
99 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES
SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
28. The capacity of a parallel plate condenser with 34. In the following circuit two identical
air medium is 60  F having distance of capacitors, a battery and a switch(s) are
seperation d . If the space between the plates connected as shown. the switch(s) is opened
and dielectric of constant  K  3 are
is filled with two slabs each of thinckness d 2
inserted in the condensers. The ratio of
and dielectric constants 4 and 8, the effective electrostatic energies of the system before
capacity becomes and after filling the dielectric will be
1) 160  F 2) 320  F 3) 640  F 4) 360  F
29. In the adjoining diagram, the condenser C will A S
B
be fully charged to potential V if 1) 3: 1 2) 5 : 1 V
5 10
S1 S2 3) 3:5 4) 5 : 3
+
–
V C 35. In the given figure a capacitor of plate area
A is charged upto charge q. The mass of
1) S1 and S2 both are open each plate is m2. The lower plate is rigidly
2) S1 and S2 both are closed fixed. The value of m1 if the system remains
3) S1 is closed and S2 is open in equilibrium is
4) S1 is open and S2 is closed.
30. The capacity between the point A and B in
the adjoining circuit wil be q2
m
1) 2  2) m2
2 0 Ag
m 1

q
3)  m2 4) 2m
3 2 0 Ag 2
36. One plate of a capacitor is connected to a
spring as shown in figure. Area of both the
2C1C2  C3  C1  C2  C1C2  C2C3  C3C1 plates is A. In steady state; separation
1) C1  C2  2C3
2) C1  C2  C3 between the plates is 0.8d (spring was
unstretched and the distance between the
C1  C2  C3   C2  C1  C3  C1C2C3 plates was d, when the capacitor was
3) C1  C2  3C3
4) C C  C C  C C
1 2 2 3 3 1 uncharged). The force constant of the spring
31. The capacitance C AB in the given network is approximately
5 F 10F
A
50 4 0 AE 2 2 0 AE
1) 7  F F
2) 5F
1) 2)
7 d 3
d2 E
7 B
3) 7.5  F 4)  F 10F 5F 6  E 2
 AE 3

50 3) 0 3 4) 0 3
32. In the following circuit; find the potentials at Ad 2d
points A and B is + –
37. A capacitor is made of a flat plate of area A
10V
and second plate having a stair-like structure
as shown in figure. The width of each plate
1) 10V, 0V 2) 6 V, -4V is ‘a’ and the height is ‘b’. The capacitance
of the capacitor is
3) 4V, -6V 4) 5V, -5V A B

33. The potential difference between the points A

and B in the following circuit in steady state
will be 3F B
1F
d

3F 1F
3a

1F
10 2 A 0 A 0  3 d 2  6 bd  2 b 2 
1) 3  d  b  2) 3 d  b  d  d  2 b 
A 200 C

A 0  d  2bd  b  2 A 0  d 2  2bd  b 2 
100V
1) VAB  100 volt 2) VAB  75 volt 2 2

3) 3d d  b d  2b 4) 3d  d  b  d  2b 
3) VAB  25 volt 4) VAB  50 volt   

100 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
38. A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance C is QE CV V 
connected to a battery and is charged to a 3. F 
2 2  d 
potential difference V. Another capacitor of C0 k
capacitance 2C is similarly charged to a 4. Ceff  ; q  Ceff V
potential difference 2V. The charging 1 k
battery is now disconnected and the CE
5. Q1  Q2 
' '
capacitors are connected in parallel to each ; Before the slab is removed
2
other in such a way that the positive terminal  k 
of one is connected to the negative terminal C1  C and C2  kC ; Cnet   k  1  C
of the other. The final energy of the  
configuration is '
Q2 k  1
3 35 9 
1) zero 2) CV 3)
2
CV 2 4) CV 2 Q2 2k
2 6 2 6. V1  Vmax1 , V2  Vmax 2
39. Two identical capacitors, have the same
capacitance C. One of them is charged to 1
7. U 2  C 2 V common
/ 2
potential V1 and the other to V2.The negative 2
ends are also connected, the decrease in 8. Work done = decrease in energy
energy of the combined system is 1  0 A 2  0 Av 2  1 
ie w = E1  E2  v  1
 2
1) 1/ 4C V1  V2
2
 
2) 1/ 4C V1  V2
2 2
 2 d 2d  k 
9. q0  CV  500 C
3) 1/ 4C V1  V2  4) 1/ 4C V1  V2 
2 2
700  q q 500  q q
40. Consider the situation shown in the figure.   
2 A 0 2 A 0 2 A 0 2 A 0
The capacitor A has a charge q on it whereas
B is uncharged. The charge appearing on q
q  600  C ; V  =60V
the capacitor B a long 7 time after the switch C
is closed is: q –
1q 2 1 q2
+
+
–
– 10. U  ; U  4U 
+ – 2C 2 C0
+ – S
1) Zero 2) q /2 + – 1q 2
C
5U  ; k  C 5
+ –
3) q 4) 2q A
+ –
B 2 C0 0
41. Find the capacitance of a system of two Q
identical metal balls of radius a if the distance Q  CV
 CV 2
between their centres is equal to b, with  V  Ed 
'

b>>a. The system is located in a uniform 11. E   2 ; A 0

0 A 0
dielectric with permittivity K. d
1)  0 Ka 2) 4 0 Ka Q
 CV
= 2 Q
3) 2 0 Ka 4) 2/3 0 Ka V 
C 2C
LEVEL - III KEY 12. Q0  C0V0 ; Q  CV0  KC0V0
1) 2 2) 3 3) 1 4) 1 5) 3 6) 4 7) 3 8) 4 Q  Q  Q0   K  1 C0V0
9) 4 10) 3 11) 3 12) 1 13) 2 14) 1
15) 2 16) 4 17) 1 18) 2 19) 1 20) 1 U
13. U 
/

21) 2 22) 3 23) 4 24) 4 25) 1 26) 2 K

27) 3 28) 2 29) 3 30) 1 31) 1 32) 2 14. q1  q2  q3
33) 3 34) 3 35) 3 36) 1 37) 2 38) 2
 V1  V0  C1  V0  V2  C2  V0  V3  C3
39) 3 40) 1 41) 3
C V  C2V2  C3V3
LEVEL - III - HINTS V0  1 1
C1  C2  C3
dq c.dv x1 k2
1. 
dt dt 15. Fe  k1 x1  k2 x2  x  k
t 2 1
d t 16. Net space between metal plates is a-b
c K
q1  cv ; q2  C V , c / 
/
2. ; q  q2  q1
d

101 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL
 ELECTRO STATICS & CAPACITORS
+q1 –q1 +q2 –q2
3
C C
C 2 C C C1 C
C C q1 –q2 2
C C C/2 A C3 B
+ q1 –q2 –
17. C C C
C C C 3 C C P +q2 –q2 +q1 –q1
2 C2 C1
q2 q2 q2 q2  q1 q1 q C C  C 
  0 ; 2  1 2 3
18. H  U i  U f   C2 C3 C1 q1 C2  C1  C3 
2C1 2C2
Capacity of whole circuit
C1  4 0 R1 , C2  4 0 R2
2C C  C3  C1  C2 
dq c.dv 31. C  1 2
19.  C1  C2  2C3
dt dt 32. P.D across each condenser = 2V
 A
K 1 o   Potential at earth = 0V ; VA  6V VB  4V
20. C1   2  ; C  K 2 o A ; C  K 3 o A
2 3
d d d VC2 1
C2C3 33 VAB  ;VAB   100  25V
C   C1 C1  C2 4
C2  C3
1 1
1 34. U1  CV 2  CV 2  CV 2
21. Elost  Ceff V 2 2 2
2
C1V1  C2V2 1 1 1 V2 5
22. V  C  C ; U  C1  C2 V 2 U 2   3  CV   3C
2
 CV 2
1 2 2 2 2 9 3
23. On introduction and removal and again on U1 3
introduction, the capacity and potential remain  
same. So, net work done by the system in this U2 5
process. 35. T  m1 g and T  m2 g  Fe ;  m1 g  m2 g  Fe
1 1
W  U f  U i ; CV  CV  0
2 2
q2
2 2 Here, Fe 
2 0 A
1
24. E    CV The energy stored in capacitor is
2
 CE 
2
2
  q2  A
36.  kx ;  k  d  0.8d  , C  0
lost in form of heat energy. H  msT 2 A 0 2 A 0 0.8d
q1  q2 q1  q2
C  4 0 AE 2
1 VA  VB q2  q1 K
 ms  T    CV 2 ; d3
2 C2 C1 37. In Equivalent circuit C1, C2, C3 are parallel
2C1C2  C3  C1  C2  2msT A 0 A 0 A 0
C  ;  V C1  , C2  , C3 
C1  C2  2C3 C 3d 3d  b 3  d  2b 
1 1 38. Net charge Q  Q2  Q1 potential is Vl
25. E1  C1V ; E2  C2V ; C2  2C1
2 2

2 2  C0 
26. Wheat stone’s Bridge V1    V0
c0  C  C0 
27. c   k1  k2  Similarly after nth operation ; E  1/ 2C 1V 2
2
2K1 K 2 39. Q  CV ; U i  1/ 2CV 2
28. C  C 0
K1  K 2 U f  1/ 2CV 2 work done = U i  U f
29. If S1 and S2 both are closed then charge and
discharge processes with simoultaneously take 40 Due to attraction with positive charge, the
place. Hence to charge the condenser fully the negative charge on capacitor A will not flow through
key S1must be closed and S2 must remain open the switch S.
b a
30. According to the symmetry of the circuit charges q
on two condensers of capacity C1 will be same and 41. V1  V2  2V  2  E dr ; C  V  V
charges on condensers of capacity C will be same.
2
a 1 2

102 EXCELLENCIA JUNIOR COLLEGES

SHAMIRPET | MADHAPUR | SUCHITRA | ECIL